This flag is modified outside of the RTNL lock and thus should not be
part of the pf->flags variable.
Use a state bit instead, so that we can use atomic bit operations.
This is part of a larger effort to remove cmpxchg64 in
i40e_set_priv_flags()
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The two Flow Directory auto disable flags are used at run time to mark
when the flow director features needed to be disabled. Thus the flags
could change even when the RTNL lock is not held.
They also have some code constructions which really should be
test_and_set or test_and_clear using atomic bit operations.
Create new state fields to mark this, and stop including them in
pf->flags.
This is part of a larger effort to remove the need for cmpxchg64 in
i40e_set_priv_flags().
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag is modified during run time, possibly even when the RTNL lock
is not held. Additionally it has a few places which should be using
test_and_set or test_and_clear atomic bit operations.
Create a new state bit __I40E_UDP_SYNC_PENDING and use it instead of the
ole I40E_FLAG_UDP_FILTER_SYNC flag.
This is part of a larger effort to remove the need for using cmpxchg64
in i40e_set_priv_flags.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The I40E_FLAG_FILTER_SYNC flag is modified during run time possibly when
the RTNL lock is not held. Thus, it should not be part of pf->flags, and
instead should be using atomic bit operations in the pf->state field.
Create a __I40E_MACVLAN_SYNC_PENDING state bit, and use it instead of
the old I40E_FLAG_FILTER_SYNC flag.
This is part of a larger effort to remove the need for cmpxchg64 in
i40e_set_priv_flags().
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements multiple pieces of functionality:
1. Added ice_vsi_sync_filters, which is called through the service task
to push filter updates to the hardware.
2. Add support to enable/disable promiscuous mode on an interface.
Enabling/disabling promiscuous mode on an interface results in
addition/removal of a promisc filter rule through ice_vsi_sync_filters.
3. Implement handlers for ndo_set_mac_address, ndo_change_mtu,
ndo_poll_controller and ndo_set_rx_mode.
This patch also marks the end of the driver addition by bumping up the
driver version.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Link events are posted to a PF's admin receive queue (ARQ). This patch
adds the ability to detect and process link events.
This patch also adds the ability to process resets.
The driver can process the following resets:
1) EMP Reset (EMPR)
2) Global Reset (GLOBR)
3) Core Reset (CORER)
4) Physical Function Reset (PFR)
EMPR is the largest level of reset that the driver can handle. An EMPR
resets the manageability block and also the data path, including PHY and
link for all the PFs. The affected PFs are notified of this event through
a miscellaneous interrupt.
GLOBR is a subset of EMPR. It does everything EMPR does except that it
doesn't reset the manageability block.
CORER is a subset of GLOBR. It does everything GLOBR does but doesn't
reset PHY and link.
PFR is a subset of CORER and affects only the given physical function.
In other words, PFR can be thought of as a CORER for a single PF. Since
only the issuing PF is affected, a PFR doesn't result in the miscellaneous
interrupt being triggered.
All the resets have the following in common:
1) Tx/Rx is halted and all queues are stopped.
2) All the VSIs and filters programmed for the PF are lost and have to be
reprogrammed.
3) Control queue interfaces are reset and have to be reprogrammed.
In the rebuild flow, control queues are reinitialized, VSIs are reallocated
and filters are restored.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the ability for a VSI to use multiple Tx queues. More
specifically, the patch
1) Provides the ability to update the Tx scheduler tree in the
firmware. The driver can configure the Tx scheduler tree by
adding/removing multiple Tx queues per TC per VSI.
2) Allows a VSI to reconfigure its Tx queues during runtime.
3) Synchronizes the Tx scheduler update operations using locks.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for VLANs. When a VLAN is created a switch filter
is added to direct the VLAN traffic to the corresponding VSI. When a VLAN
is deleted, the filter is deleted as well.
This patch also adds support for the following hardware offloads.
1) VLAN tag insertion/stripping
2) Receive Side Scaling (RSS)
3) Tx checksum and TCP segmentation
4) Rx checksum
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements ice_start_xmit (the handler for ndo_start_xmit) and
related functions. ice_start_xmit ultimately calls ice_tx_map, where the
Tx descriptor is built and posted to the hardware by bumping the ring tail.
This patch also implements ice_napi_poll, which is invoked when there's an
interrupt on the VSI's queues. The interrupt can be due to either a
completed Tx or an Rx event. In case of a completed Tx/Rx event, resources
are reclaimed. Additionally, in case of an Rx event, the skb is fetched
and passed up to the network stack.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch configures the VSIs to be able to send and receive
packets by doing the following:
1) Initialize flexible parser to extract and include certain
fields in the Rx descriptor.
2) Add Tx queues by programming the Tx queue context (implemented in
ice_vsi_cfg_txqs). Note that adding the queues also enables (starts)
the queues.
3) Add Rx queues by programming Rx queue context (implemented in
ice_vsi_cfg_rxqs). Note that this only adds queues but doesn't start
them. The rings will be started by calling ice_vsi_start_rx_rings on
interface up.
4) Configure interrupts for VSI queues.
5) Implement ice_open and ice_stop.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A VSI needs traffic directed towards it. This is done by programming
filter rules on the switch (embedded vSwitch) element in the hardware,
which connects the VSI to the ingress/egress port.
This patch introduces data structures and functions necessary to add
remove or update switch rules on the switch element. This is a pretty low
level function that is generic enough to add a whole range of filters.
This patch also introduces two top level functions ice_add_mac and
ice_remove mac which through a series of intermediate helper functions
eventually call ice_aq_sw_rules to add/delete simple MAC based filters.
It's worth noting that one invocation of ice_add_mac/ice_remove_mac
is capable of adding/deleting multiple MAC filters.
Also worth noting is the fact that the driver maintains a list of currently
active filters, so every filter addition/removal causes an update to this
list. This is done for a couple of reasons:
1) If two VSIs try to add the same filters, we need to detect it and do
things a little differently (i.e. use VSI lists, described below) as
the same filter can't be added more than once.
2) In the event of a hardware reset we can simply walk through this list
and restore the filters.
VSI Lists:
In a multi-VSI situation, it's possible that multiple VSIs want to add the
same filter rule. For example, two VSIs that want to receive broadcast
traffic would both add a filter for destination MAC ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff.
This can become cumbersome to maintain and so this is handled using a
VSI list.
A VSI list is resource that can be allocated in the hardware using the
ice_aq_alloc_free_res admin queue command. Simply put, a VSI list can
be thought of as a subscription list containing a set of VSIs to which
the packet should be forwarded, should the filter match.
For example, if VSI-0 has already added a broadcast filter, and VSI-1
wants to do the same thing, the filter creation flow will detect this,
allocate a VSI list and update the switch rule so that broadcast traffic
will now be forwarded to the VSI list which contains VSI-0 and VSI-1.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch introduces data structures and functions to alloc/free
VSIs. The driver represents a VSI using the ice_vsi structure.
Some noteworthy points about VSI allocation:
1) A VSI is allocated in the firmware using the "add VSI" admin queue
command (implemented as ice_aq_add_vsi). The firmware returns an
identifier for the allocated VSI. The VSI context is used to program
certain aspects (loopback, queue map, etc.) of the VSI's configuration.
2) A VSI is deleted using the "free VSI" admin queue command (implemented
as ice_aq_free_vsi).
3) The driver represents a VSI using struct ice_vsi. This is allocated
and initialized as part of the ice_vsi_alloc flow, and deallocated
as part of the ice_vsi_delete flow.
4) Once the VSI is created, a netdev is allocated and associated with it.
The VSI's ring and vector related data structures are also allocated
and initialized.
5) A VSI's queues can either be contiguous or scattered. To do this, the
driver maintains a bitmap (vsi->avail_txqs) which is kept in sync with
the firmware's VSI queue allocation imap. If the VSI can't get a
contiguous queue allocation, it will fallback to scatter. This is
implemented in ice_vsi_get_qs which is called as part of the VSI setup
flow. In the release flow, the VSI's queues are released and the bitmap
is updated to reflect this by ice_vsi_put_qs.
CC: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the initialization flow as follows:
1) Allocate and initialize necessary fields (like vsi, num_alloc_vsi,
irq_tracker, etc) in the ice_pf instance.
2) Setup the miscellaneous interrupt handler. This also known as the
"other interrupt causes" (OIC) handler and is used to handle non
hotpath interrupts (like control queue events, link events,
exceptions, etc.
3) Implement a background task to process admin queue receive (ARQ)
events received by the driver.
CC: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds code to continue the initialization flow as follows:
1) Get PHY/link information and store it
2) Get default scheduler tree topology and store it
3) Get the MAC address associated with the port and store it
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds to the initialization flow by getting switch
configuration, scheduler configuration and device capabilities.
Switch configuration:
On boot, an L2 switch element is created in the firmware per physical
function. Each physical function is also mapped to a port, to which its
switch element is connected. In other words, this switch can be visualized
as an embedded vSwitch that can connect a physical function's virtual
station interfaces (VSIs) to the egress/ingress port. Egress/ingress
filters will be eventually created and applied on this switch element.
As part of the initialization flow, the driver gets configuration data
from this switch element and stores it.
Scheduler configuration:
The Tx scheduler is a subsystem responsible for setting and enforcing QoS.
As part of the initialization flow, the driver queries and stores the
default scheduler configuration for the given physical function.
Device capabilities:
As part of initialization, the driver has to determine what the device is
capable of (ex. max queues, VSIs, etc). This information is obtained from
the firmware and stored by the driver.
CC: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements multiple pieces of the initialization flow
as follows:
1) A reset is issued to ensure a clean device state, followed
by initialization of admin queue interface.
2) Once the admin queue interface is up, clear the PF config
and transition the device to non-PXE mode.
3) Get the NVM configuration stored in the device's non-volatile
memory (NVM) using ice_init_nvm.
CC: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A control queue is a hardware interface which is used by the driver
to interact with other subsystems (like firmware, PHY, etc.). It is
implemented as a producer-consumer ring. More specifically, an
"admin queue" is a type of control queue used to interact with the
firmware.
This patch introduces data structures and functions to initialize
and teardown control/admin queues. Once the admin queue is initialized,
the driver uses it to get the firmware version.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Prefer the direct use of octal for permissions.
Done with checkpatch -f --types=SYMBOLIC_PERMS --fix-inplace
and some typing.
Miscellanea:
o Whitespace neatening around these conversions.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a basic driver framework for the Intel(R) E800 Ethernet
Series of network devices. There is no functionality right now other than
the ability to load.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current page counting scheme assumes that the reference count
cannot decrease until the received frame is sent to the upper layers
of the networking stack. This assumption does not hold for the
XDP_REDIRECT action, since a page (pointed out by xdp_buff) can have
its reference count decreased via the xdp_do_redirect call.
To work around that, we now start off by a large page count and then
don't allow a refcount less than two.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
XDP stats are included in TX stats, however, they are not
reported in TX queue stats since they are setup on different
queues. Add reporting for XDP queue stats to provide
consistency between the total stats and per queue stats.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for XDP meta data when using build skb.
Based on commit 366a88fe2f ("bpf, ixgbe: add meta data support")
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current XDP implementation hits the tail on every XDP_TX; change the
driver to only hit the tail after packet processing is complete.
Based on
commit 7379f97a4f ("ixgbe: delay tail write to every 'n' packets")
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This implements the XDP_TX action which is modeled on the ixgbe
implementation. However instead of using CPU id to determine which XDP
queue to use, this uses the received RX queue index, which is similar
to i40e. Doing this eliminates the restriction that number of CPUs not
exceed number of XDP queues that ixgbe has.
Also, based on the number of queues available, the number of TX queues
may be reduced when an XDP program is loaded in order to accommodate the
XDP queues.
Based largely on
commit 33fdc82f08 ("ixgbe: add support for XDP_TX action")
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement XDP_PASS and XDP_DROP based on the ixgbe implementation.
Based largely on commit 9247080816 ("ixgbe: add XDP support for pass and
drop actions").
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix things up to support TSO offload in conjunction
with IPsec hw offload. This raises throughput with
IPsec offload on to nearly line rate.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no need to calculate the trailer length if we're doing
a GSO/TSO, as there is no trailer added to the packet data.
Also, don't bother clearing the flags field as it was already
cleared earlier.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the ipsec data fields will be zero anyway in the non-ipsec
case, we can remove the conditional jump.
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the patch
commit f8aa2696b4af ("esp: check the NETIF_F_HW_ESP_TX_CSUM bit before segmenting")
we no longer need to protect ourself from checksum
offload requests on IPsec packets, so we can remove
the check in our .ndo_features_check callback.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replaced an assignment operation with an OR operation.
The variable assignment was overwriting the value read from the PHY
register. The OR operation sets only the intended register bits.
The bits that were being overwritten are reserved, so the assignment had no
functional impact.
Reported by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add status register reads and delay between reads to ixgbe_check_remove.
Registers can read 0xFFFFFFFF during PCI reset, which causes the driver
to remove the adapter. The additional status register reads can reduce the
chance of this race condition.
If the status register is not 0xFFFFFFFF, then ixgbe_check_remove returns
the value of the register being read.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the SPDX identifiers to all the Intel wired LAN driver files, as
outlined in Documentation/process/license-rules.rst.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...
For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds. Trivially resolved.
In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.
In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.
The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.
The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:
====================
Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
and the for-next branch. This merge resolves those conflicts and
provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
be based.
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
(IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
init/de-init functions used by mlx5. To support the new
representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
patch.
Updates:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
names as changed by cleanup patch
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the polling mechanism of GLGEN_RSTAT.DEVSTATE in the
PF Reset path when Global Reset is in progress. While the driver
is polling for the end of the PF Reset and the Global Reset is
triggered, abandon the PF Reset path and prepare for the
upcoming Global Reset.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jabłoński <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These flags were defined, but there is no use within the driver code, so
we don't need to keep them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Setting link settings on backplane devices shouldn't be allowed.
This patch adds one more device id to the list which we check
that against.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix return types from i40e_status to enum i40e_status_code.
Signed-off-by: Doug Dziggel <douglas.a.dziggel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent patch updated the signature for i40e_aq_set_switch_config() to
add a new parameter 'mode'. It forgot to document the parameter in the
doxygen function header comment. Add the parameter to the function
description now.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During suspend client MSIx vectors are freed while they are still
in use causing a crash on entering S3.
Fix this calling client close before freeing up its MSIx vectors.
Also update the client MSIx vectors on resume before client
open is called.
Fixes commit b980c0634f ("i40e: shutdown all IRQs and disable MSI-X
when suspended")
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Shiraz Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Setting link settings on backplane devices shouldn't be allowed.
This patch adds one more device id to the list which we check
that against.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_set_link_ksettings and i40e_get_link_ksettings use different
codepaths to check available and supported advertisement modes. This
creates scenarios where it's possible to set a mode that's not allowed,
resulting in a link down.
Fix setting advertisement in i40e_set_link_ksettings by calling
i40e_get_link_ksettings to check what modes are allowed.
Signed-off-by: Jan Sokolowski <jan.sokolowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While doing some code review I noticed that we can get into a state where
we exit with the "IN_CRITICAL_TASK" bit set while notifying the PF of
flower filters. This patch is meant to address that plus tweak the ordering
of the while loop waiting on it slightly so that we don't wait an extra
period after we have failed for the last time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we re-enable ATR we need to restore the input set for TCPv4
filters, in order for ATR to function correctly. We already do this for
the normal case of re-enabling ATR when disabling ntuple support.
However, when re-enabling ATR after the last TCPv4 filter is removed (but
when ntuple support is still active), we did not restore the TCPv4
filter input set.
This can cause problems if the TCPv4 filters from FDir had changed the
input set, as ATR will no longer behave as expected.
When clearing the ATR auto-disable flag, make sure we restore the TCPv4
input set to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch overwrites number of ports for X722 devices with support
for OCP PHY mezzanine.
The old method with checking if port is disabled in the PRTGEN_CNF
register cannot be used in this case. When the OCP is removed, ports
were seen as disabled, which resulted in wrong calculation of partition
id, that caused WoL to be disabled on certain ports.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch needs to expand on the logic for re-enabling ATR. Doing
so would cause some code to break the 80-character line limit.
To reduce the level of indentation, factor out helper functions for
re-enabling ATR and SB rules.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When hardware has trouble with a particular filter, we delete it from
the list. Unfortunately, we did not properly update the per-filter
statistic when doing so.
Create a helper function to handle this, and properly reduce the
necessary counter so that it tracks the number of active filters
properly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When VF requests adding of MAC filters the checking is done against number
of already present MAC filters not adding them at the same time. It makes
it possible to add a bunch of filters at once possibly exceeding
acceptable limit of I40E_VC_MAX_MAC_ADDR_PER_VF filters.
This happens because when checking vf->num_mac, we do not check how many
filters are being requested at once. Modify the check function to ensure
that it knows how many filters are being requested. This allows the
check to ensure that the total number of filters in a single request
does not cause us to go over the limit.
Additionally, move the check to within the lock to ensure that the
vf->num_mac is checked while holding the lock to maintain consistency.
We could have simply moved the call to i40e_vf_check_permission to
within the loop, but this could cause a request to be non-atomic, and
add some but not all the addresses, while reporting an error code. We
want to avoid this behavior so that users are not confused about which
filters have or have not been added.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We used to use the function i40e_vlan_rx_register as a way to hook
into the now defunct .ndo_vlan_rx_register netdev hook. This was
removed but we kept the function around because we still used it
internally to control enabling or disabling of VLAN stripping.
As pointed out in upstream review, VLAN stripping is only used in a
single location and the previous function is quite small, just inline
it into i40e_restore_vlan() rather than carrying the function
separately.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix for "Resource temporarily unavailable" problem when virsh is
trying to attach a device to VM. When the VF driver is loaded on
host and virsh is trying to attach it to the VM and set a MAC
address, it ends with a race condition between i40e_reset_vf and
i40e_ndo_set_vf_mac functions. The bug is fixed by adding polling
in i40e_ndo_set_vf_mac function For when the VF is in Reset mode.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jabłoński <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It seems this is a copy-paste error and that the proper variable to use
in this particular case is _src_ instead of _dst_.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1465282 ("Copy-paste error")
Fixes: 0075fa0fad ("i40evf: Add support to apply cloud filters")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A R Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_fcoe support was removed via commit 9eed69a914 ("i40e: Drop FCoE code from core driver files")
But this left files in place but un-compilable.
Let's finish the cleaning.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If port VLAN is enabled, set PFQDE.HIDE_VLAN during VF reset.
Setting only PFQDE.PFQDE during VF reset was clearing PFQDE.HIDE_VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Alex reported the following race condition:
/* link goes up... interrupt... schedule watchdog */
\ e1000_watchdog_task
\ e1000e_has_link
\ hw->mac.ops.check_for_link() === e1000e_check_for_copper_link
\ e1000e_phy_has_link_generic(..., &link)
link = true
/* link goes down... interrupt */
\ e1000_msix_other
hw->mac.get_link_status = true
/* link is up */
mac->get_link_status = false
link_active = true
/* link_active is true, wrongly, and stays so because
* get_link_status is false */
Avoid this problem by making sure that we don't set get_link_status = false
after having checked the link.
It seems this problem has been present since the introduction of e1000e.
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/1/29/338
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This reverts commit 19110cfbb3.
This reverts commit 4110e02eb4.
This reverts commit d3604515c9eda464a92e8e67aae82dfe07fe3c98.
Commit 19110cfbb3 ("e1000e: Separate signaling for link check/link up")
changed what happens to the link status when there is an error which
happens after "get_link_status = false" in the copper check_for_link
callbacks. Previously, such an error would be ignored and the link
considered up. After that commit, any error implies that the link is down.
Revert commit 19110cfbb3 ("e1000e: Separate signaling for link check/link
up") and its followups. After reverting, the race condition described in
the log of commit 19110cfbb3 is reintroduced. It may still be triggered
by LSC events but this should keep the link down in case the link is
electrically unstable, as discussed. The race may no longer be
triggered by RXO events because commit 4aea7a5c5e ("e1000e: Avoid
receiver overrun interrupt bursts") restored reading icr in the Other
handler.
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/3/1/789
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new ixgbevf_set_rx_buffer_len() function causes a harmless warnings
in configurations with large page size:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c: In function 'ixgbevf_set_rx_buffer_len':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:1758:15: error: unused variable 'max_frame' [-Werror=unused-variable]
This rephrases the code so that the compiler can see the use of that
variable, making it slightly easier to read in the process.
Fixes: f15c5ba5b6 ("ixgbevf: add support for using order 1 pages to receive large frames")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgbe enabled rlec counter and the rx_error used it.
We can export the counter directly via ethtool -S ethX.
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With commit 7f05b467a7 ("xfrm: check for xdo_dev_state_free")
we no longer need to add an empty callback function
to the driver, so now let's remove the useless code.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix up the Tx trailer length calculation. We can't believe the
trailer len from the xstate information because it was calculated
before the packet was put together and padding added. This bit
of code finds the padding value in the trailer, adds it to the
authentication length, and saves it so later we can put it into
the Tx descriptor to tell the device where to stop the checksum
calculation.
Fixes: 5925947047 ("ixgbe: process the Tx ipsec offload")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure the Security Association is using
a 128-bit authentication, since that's the only
size that the hardware offload supports.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-03-05
This series contains updates to igb only.
Corinna Vinschen adds the support for trusted VFs into the igb driver.
Mika fixes an issue where PCIe device is physically unplugged can cause
a kernel crash. This issue is that netif_device_detach() is called in
these cases, which prevents netif_unregister() from bringing the device
down properly.
Christophe JAILLET fixes an issue with igb where HWTSTAMP_TX_ON was
being handled like a bit mask and not a value.
v2: dropped the e1000e fix from the series since I will be pushing it
through David Miller's net tree.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes.
In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the
resouce size_params have become a struct member rather
than a pointer to such an object.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Descriptor rings were not initialized at zero when allocated
When area contained garbage data, it caused skb_over_panic in
e1000_clean_rx_irq (if data had E1000_RXD_STAT_DD bit set)
This patch makes use of dma_zalloc_coherent to make sure the
ring is memset at 0 to prevent the area from containing garbage.
Following is the signature of the panic:
IODDR0@0.0: skbuff: skb_over_panic: text:80407b20 len:64010 put:64010 head:ab46d800 data:ab46d842 tail:0xab47d24c end:0xab46df40 dev:eth0
IODDR0@0.0: BUG: failure at net/core/skbuff.c:105/skb_panic()!
IODDR0@0.0: Kernel panic - not syncing: BUG!
IODDR0@0.0:
IODDR0@0.0: Process swapper/0 (pid: 0, threadinfo=81728000, task=8173cc00 ,cpu: 0)
IODDR0@0.0: SP = <815a1c0c>
IODDR0@0.0: Stack: 00000001
IODDR0@0.0: b2d89800 815e33ac
IODDR0@0.0: ea73c040 00000001
IODDR0@0.0: 60040003 0000fa0a
IODDR0@0.0: 00000002
IODDR0@0.0:
IODDR0@0.0: 804540c0 815a1c70
IODDR0@0.0: b2744000 602ac070
IODDR0@0.0: 815a1c44 b2d89800
IODDR0@0.0: 8173cc00 815a1c08
IODDR0@0.0:
IODDR0@0.0: 00000006
IODDR0@0.0: 815a1b50 00000000
IODDR0@0.0: 80079434 00000001
IODDR0@0.0: ab46df40 b2744000
IODDR0@0.0: b2d89800
IODDR0@0.0:
IODDR0@0.0: 0000fa0a 8045745c
IODDR0@0.0: 815a1c88 0000fa0a
IODDR0@0.0: 80407b20 b2789f80
IODDR0@0.0: 00000005 80407b20
IODDR0@0.0:
IODDR0@0.0:
IODDR0@0.0: Call Trace:
IODDR0@0.0: [<804540bc>] skb_panic+0xa4/0xa8
IODDR0@0.0: [<80079430>] console_unlock+0x2f8/0x6d0
IODDR0@0.0: [<80457458>] skb_put+0xa0/0xc0
IODDR0@0.0: [<80407b1c>] e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x2dc/0x3e8
IODDR0@0.0: [<80407b1c>] e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x2dc/0x3e8
IODDR0@0.0: [<804079c8>] e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x188/0x3e8
IODDR0@0.0: [<80407b1c>] e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x2dc/0x3e8
IODDR0@0.0: [<80468b48>] __dev_kfree_skb_any+0x88/0xa8
IODDR0@0.0: [<804101ac>] e1000e_poll+0x94/0x288
IODDR0@0.0: [<8046e9d4>] net_rx_action+0x19c/0x4e8
IODDR0@0.0: ...
IODDR0@0.0: Maximum depth to print reached. Use kstack=<maximum_depth_to_print> To specify a custom value (where 0 means to display the full backtrace)
IODDR0@0.0: ---[ end Kernel panic - not syncing: BUG!
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Kerbrat <pkerbrat@kalray.eu>
Signed-off-by: Marius Gligor <mgligor@kalray.eu>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When autoneg is off, the .check_for_link callback functions clear the
get_link_status flag and systematically return a "pseudo-error". This means
that the link is not detected as up until the next execution of the
e1000_watchdog_task() 2 seconds later.
Fixes: 19110cfbb3 ("e1000e: Separate signaling for link check/link up")
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Acked-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The 82574 specification update errata 12 states that interrupts may be
missed if ICR is read while INT_ASSERTED is not set. Avoid that problem by
setting all bits related to events that can trigger the Other interrupt in
IMS.
The Other interrupt is raised for such events regardless of whether or not
they are set in IMS. However, only when they are set is the INT_ASSERTED
bit also set in ICR.
By doing this, we ensure that INT_ASSERTED is always set when we read ICR
in e1000_msix_other() and steer clear of the errata. This also ensures that
ICR will automatically be cleared on read, therefore we no longer need to
clear bits explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Restores the ICS write for Rx/Tx queue interrupts which was present before
commit 16ecba59bc ("e1000e: Do not read ICR in Other interrupt", v4.5-rc1)
but was not restored in commit 4aea7a5c5e
("e1000e: Avoid receiver overrun interrupt bursts", v4.15-rc1).
This re-raises the queue interrupts in case the txq or rxq bits were set in
ICR and the Other interrupt handler read and cleared ICR before the queue
interrupt was raised.
Fixes: 4aea7a5c5e ("e1000e: Avoid receiver overrun interrupt bursts")
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This partially reverts commit 4aea7a5c5e.
We keep the fix for the first part of the problem (1) described in the log
of that commit, that is to read ICR in the other interrupt handler. We
remove the fix for the second part of the problem (2), Other interrupt
throttling.
Bursts of "Other" interrupts may once again occur during rxo (receive
overflow) traffic conditions. This is deemed acceptable in the interest of
avoiding unforeseen fallout from changes that are not strictly necessary.
As discussed, the e1000e driver should be in "maintenance mode".
Link: https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg480675.html
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It was reported that emulated e1000e devices in vmware esxi 6.5 Build
7526125 do not link up after commit 4aea7a5c5e ("e1000e: Avoid receiver
overrun interrupt bursts", v4.15-rc1). Some tracing shows that after
e1000e_trigger_lsc() is called, ICR reads out as 0x0 in e1000_msix_other()
on emulated e1000e devices. In comparison, on real e1000e 82574 hardware,
icr=0x80000004 (_INT_ASSERTED | _LSC) in the same situation.
Some experimentation showed that this flaw in vmware e1000e emulation can
be worked around by not setting Other in EIAC. This is how it was before
16ecba59bc ("e1000e: Do not read ICR in Other interrupt", v4.5-rc1).
Fixes: 4aea7a5c5e ("e1000e: Avoid receiver overrun interrupt bursts")
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'HWTSTAMP_TX_ON' should be handled as a value, not as a bit mask.
The modified code should behave the same, because HWTSTAMP_TX_ON is 1
and no other possible values of 'tx_type' would match the test.
However, this is more future-proof, should other values be allowed one day.
See 'struct hwtstamp_config' in 'include/uapi/linux/net_tstamp.h'
This fixes a warning reported by smatch:
igb_xmit_frame_ring() warn: bit shifter 'HWTSTAMP_TX_ON' used for logical '&'
Fixes: 26bd4e2db0 ("igb: protect TX timestamping from API misuse")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver notices that PCIe link is gone by reading 0xffffffff
from a register it clears hw->hw_addr and then calls netif_device_detach().
This happens when the PCIe device is physically unplugged for example
the user disconnected the Thunderbolt cable.
However, netif_device_detach() prevents netif_unregister() from bringing
the device down properly including tearing down MSI-X vectors. This
triggers following crash during the driver removal:
igb 0000:0b:00.0 enp11s0f0: PCIe link lost, device now detached
------------[ cut here ]------------
kernel BUG at drivers/pci/msi.c:352!
invalid opcode: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP PTI
...
Call Trace:
pci_disable_msix+0xc9/0xf0
igb_reset_interrupt_capability+0x58/0x60 [igb]
igb_remove+0x90/0x100 [igb]
pci_device_remove+0x31/0xa0
device_release_driver_internal+0x152/0x210
pci_stop_bus_device+0x78/0xa0
pci_stop_bus_device+0x38/0xa0
pci_stop_bus_device+0x38/0xa0
pci_stop_bus_device+0x26/0xa0
pci_stop_bus_device+0x38/0xa0
pci_stop_and_remove_bus_device+0x9/0x20
trim_stale_devices+0xee/0x130
? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0xf/0x30
trim_stale_devices+0x8f/0x130
? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0xf/0x30
trim_stale_devices+0xa1/0x130
? get_slot_status+0x8b/0xc0
acpiphp_check_bridge.part.7+0xf9/0x140
acpiphp_hotplug_notify+0x170/0x1f0
...
To prevent the crash do not call netif_device_detach() in igb_rd32().
This should be fine because hw->hw_addr is set to NULL preventing future
hardware access of the now missing device.
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=198181
Reported-by: Ferenc Boldog <ferenc.boldog@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Nikolay Bogoychev <nheart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
* Add a per-VF value to know if a VF is trusted, by default don't
trust VFs.
* Implement netdev op to trust VFs (igb_ndo_set_vf_trust) and add
trust status to ndo_get_vf_config output.
* Allow a trusted VF to change MAC and MAC filters even if MAC
has been administratively set.
Signed-off-by: Corinna Vinschen <vinschen@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We're aligned with latest version released on SourceForge, so update the
version number to match.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent kernels now complain about incorrect function prototype comments,
in order to ensure comments are accurate to the function. However, it
incorrectly associates the comment above the fm10k_pci_tbl[] as
a function header comment. Fix this by removing the extra "*" in the
comment. This normally indicates that the function is a doxygen style
function header comment.
Once removed, the logic no longer kicks in and the following warning is
fixed:
warning: cannot understand function prototype: 'const struct pci_device_id fm10k_pci_tbl[] = '
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several function header comments had incorrect function parameter
definitions. Recent versions of the upstream kernel have started to warn
about these issues. Fix up the comments which do not match in order to
resolve these new warnings.
While fixing these, update the copyright year also.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-02-26
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Mariusz adds a new ethtool private flag for forcing true link state with
the requested changes from Jakub Kicinski.
Paweł fixes an issue where we were double locking the same resource
which would generate a kernel panic after bringing an interface up for
i40evf.
Alan modifies both drivers to use software values to determine if there
are packets stalled on the ring with the added benefit of being less CPU
intensive since we do not need to reach into the hardware to get the
values.
Colin Ian King provides a few fixes detected by Coverity, first was to
pass a struct by reference versus by value to be more efficient. Then
verify the VSI pointer is not NULL before trying to dereference it.
Cleaned up redundant checks that always return true.
Dan Carpenter fixes over indented lines of code.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two lines are indented too far.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The checks to see if key->dst.s6_addr and key->src.s6_addr are null
pointers are redundant because these are constant size arrays and
so the checks always return true. Fix this by removing the redundant
checks. Also replace filter->f with vf, allowing wide lines to be
condensed and to rejoin some split wide lines.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1465279 ("Array compared to 0")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Function i40e_find_vsi_from_id can potentially return null, hence
VSI may be null, so defensively check it is non-null before
dereferencing it to check the seid.
Fixes: e284fc2804 ("i40e: Add and delete cloud filter")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Passing struct virtchnl_filter f by value requires a 272 byte copy
on x86_64, so instead pass it by reference is much more efficient. Also
adjust some lines that are over 80 chars.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1465285 ("Big parameter passed by value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_detect_recover_hung function uses the i40e_get_tx_pending
function to determine if there are packets stalled on the ring.
i40e_get_tx_pending calculates the pending packets using the head
writeback value and HW tail. If the queue is stopped and we lose the
interrupt to update our next_to_clean then we a) won't get another
interrupt to clean because queue is stopped b) we won't catch the
problem with i40e_detect_recover_hung because the HW values look like
there's no packets waiting to be transmitted. Using the SW values we
can catch the issue because next_to_clean will be out of sync with head
writeback.
This has the added benefit being less CPU intensive because we don't
need to reach into the hardware to get the values.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removes the locking of adapter->mac_vlan_list_lock resource in
i40evf_add_filter(). The locking part is moved above i40evf_add_filter().
i40evf_add_filter(), called by i40evf_addr_sync(), was trying to lock the
resource again and double locking generated a kernel panic after bringing
an interface up.
Fixes: 8946b56354 ("i40evf: use __dev_[um]c_sync routines in
.set_rx_mode")
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jabłoński <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch introduces new ethtool private flag used for
forcing true link state. Function i40e_force_link_state that implements
this functionality was added, it sets phy_type = 0 in order to
work-around firmware's LESM. False positive error messages were
suppressed.
The ndo_open() should not succeed if there were issues with forcing link
state to be UP.
Added I40E_PHY_TYPES_BITMASK define with all phy types OR-ed together in
one bitmask. Added after phy type definition, so it will be hard to
forget to include new phy types to the bitmask.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add check for build_skb enabled ring in ixgbe_dma_sync_frag().
In that case &skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0] may not always be set which
can lead to a crash. Instead we derive the page offset from skb->data.
Fixes: 42073d91a2
("ixgbe: Have the CPU take ownership of the buffers sooner")
CC: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Ambarish Soman <asoman@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable dma is initialized with a value that is never read, later
on it is re-assigned a new value, hence the initialization is redundant
and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:584:13: warning: Value
stored to 'dma' during its initialization is never read
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for build_skb() similar to:
commit 6f429223b3 ("ixgbe: Add support for build_skb")
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on commit e014272672 ("igb: Break out Rx buffer page management")
Consolidate Rx code paths to reduce duplication when we expand them in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make it so that all rings allocations are made as part of q_vector.
The advantage to this is that we can keep all of the memory related to
a single interrupt in one page.
The goal is to bring the logic of handling rings closer to ixgbe.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to commit a50c29dd09
("ixgbe: Make certain that all frames fit minimum size requirements")
Make sure that any packet we attempt to transmit will meet minimum
size requirements.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following the logic from commit 2de6aa3a66
("ixgbe: Add support for padding packet")
Add support for providing a buffer with headroom and tail room
to allow for shared info, NET_SKB_PAD, and NET_IP_ALIGN. With this
combined with the DMA changes we can start using build_skb to build frames
around an incoming Rx buffer instead of having to memcpy the headers.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add calls for netif_set_real_num_t/rx_queues() in ixgbevf_open().
Make sure that calls to ixgbevf_open() are rtnl protected and improve
the error handling when setting up multiple queues.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on commit 8649aaef40
("igb: Add support for using order 1 pages to receive large frames")
Add support for using 3K buffers in order 1 page. We are reserving 1K for
now to have space available for future tail room and head room when we
enable build_skb support.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduce legacy-rx private flag that will allow switching between the
old and new (build_skb based) Rx code paths. The implementation is the
same as in commit e08912985b
("igb: Add support for ethtool private flag to allow use of legacy Rx")
This provides a means of validating the legacy Rx path in the event that
we are forced to fall back. At some point in the future when we are
convinced we don't need it anymore we might be able to drop the legacy-rx
flag.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on commit 3456fd5342
("igb: Use page_address offset from page instead of masking virtual address")
Update the handling of page addresses so that we always refer to them using
a void pointer, and try to use the consistent name of va indicating we are
working with a virtual address.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On hardware which supports timestamping all packets, the timestamps are
recorded in the packet buffer, and the driver no longer uses or reads
the registers. This makes the logic for checking and clearing Rx
timestamp hangs meaningless.
If we run the ixgbe_ptp_rx_hang() function in this case, then the driver
will continuously spam the log output with "Clearing Rx timestamp hang".
These messages are spurious, and confusing to end users.
The original code in commit a9763f3cb5 ("ixgbe: Update PTP to support
X550EM_x devices", 2015-12-03) did have a flag PTP_RX_TIMESTAMP_IN_REGISTER
which was intended to be used to avoid the Rx timestamp hang check,
however it did not actually check the flag before calling the function.
Do so now in order to stop the checks and prevent the spurious log
messages.
Fixes: a9763f3cb5 ("ixgbe: Update PTP to support X550EM_x devices", 2015-12-03)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If indir == 0 in the ixgbe_set_rxfh(), it is unnecessary
to write the HW. Because redirection table is not changed.
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Variable pool is being assigned zero and then in the following for-loop
is it being set to zero again. Remove the redundant first assignment.
Cleans up clang warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_lib.c:61:2: warning: Value stored
to 'pool' is never read
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch provides support to add or delete cloud filter for queue
channels created for ADq on VF.
We are using the HW's cloud filter feature and programming it to act
as a TC filter applied to a group of queues.
There are two possible modes for a VF when applying a cloud filter
1. Basic Mode: Intended to apply filters that don't need a VF to be
Trusted. This would include the following
Dest MAC + L4 port
Dest MAC + VLAN + L4 port
2. Advanced Mode: This mode is only for filters with combination that
requires VF to be Trusted.
Dest IP + L4 port
When cloud filters are applied on a trusted VF and for some reason
the same VF is later made as untrusted then all cloud filters
will be deleted. All cloud filters has to be re-applied in
such a case.
Cloud filters are also deleted when queue channel is deleted.
Testing-Hints:
=============
1. Adding Basic Mode filter should be possible on a VF in
Non-Trusted mode.
2. In Advanced mode all filters should be able to be created.
Steps:
======
1. Enable ADq and create TCs using TC mqprio command
2. Apply cloud filter.
3. Turn-off the spoof check.
4. Pass traffic.
Example:
========
1. tc qdisc add dev enp4s2 root mqprio num_tc 4 map 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 3\
queues 2@0 2@2 1@4 1@5 hw 1 mode channel
2. tc qdisc add dev enp4s2 ingress
3. ethtool -K enp4s2 hw-tc-offload on
4. ip link set ens261f0 vf 0 spoofchk off
5. tc filter add dev enp4s2 protocol ip parent ffff: prio 1 flower\
dst_ip 192.168.3.5/32 ip_proto udp dst_port 25 skip_sw hw_tc 2
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables a tc filter to be applied as a cloud
filter for the VF. This patch adds functions which parse the
tc filter, extract the necessary fields needed to configure the
filter and package them in a virtchnl message to be sent to the
PF to apply them.
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch handles the request from ADq enabled VF to allocate
bandwidth to each traffic class which means for each VSI.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support to configure bandwidth for the traffic
classes via tc tool. The required information is passed to the PF
which is used in the process of setting up the traffic classes.
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch takes care of freeing up all the VSIs, queues and
other ADq related software and hardware resources, when a user
requests for deletion of ADq on VF.
Example command:
tc qdisc del dev eth0 root
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch allocates number of queues requested by the user as a part
of TC command when ADq is enabled on a VF.
In order to be consistent in design with PF implementation of ADq,
don't allow to set channels via ethtool from VF when ADq is already
enabled. This means the users will not be able to change the number of
queues/channels via ethtool for a VF when ADq is ON. In order to be
able to use set channels, users will be required to disable ADq first
and then try setting the channels again.
When ADq is enabled on VF, it goes through a reset during which VSIs
and queues are re-configured. Meanwhile if we receive link status
message from PF even before the queues are re-configured, just ignore
this link up message.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables ADq and creates queue channels on a VF. An ADq
enabled VF can have up to 4 VSIs and each one of them represents
a traffic class and this is termed as a queue channel. Each of these
VSIs can have up to 4 queues. This patch services the request for
enabling ADq and adds queue channel based on the TC mqprio info
provided by the user in the VF.
Initially a check is made to see if spoof check is OFF, if not ADq
will not be enabled. PF notifies VF for a reset in order to complete
the creation of ADq resources i.e. creation of additional VSIs and
allocation of queues as per TC information, all in the reset path.
Steps:
======
1. Turn off the spoof check
2. Enable ADq using tc mqprio command with or without rate limit.
3. Pass traffic.
Example:
========
% ip link set dev eth0 vf 0 spoofchk off
% tc qdisc add dev $iface root mqprio num_tc 4 map\
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 queues\
4@0 4@4 4@8 4@8 hw 1 mode channel
Expected results:
=================
1. Total number of queues for the VF should be sum of queues of all TCs.
2. Traffic flow should be normal without errors.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch introduces the callback to the ndo_setup_tc function
in the VF driver. We add a wrapper function to make room for the
upcoming cloud filter patches which add calls to different functions
from setup_tc.
First, we add support for capability exchange for ADQ between the
PF and VF. Next, we add support to take in the mqprio configuration
and configure queues as per the traffic classes, rate limit and the
priorities specified by the user. This is done by passing the channel
config to the PF driver through a virtchannel message.
The flags and bits added, track if ADq is enabled, set max number of
traffic classes to 4 and provide ability to negotiate capability with
the PF.
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
One of the previous patch fixes the link up issue by ignoring it if
i40evf is not in __I40EVF_RUNNING state. However this doesn't fix the
race condition when queues are disabled esp for ADq on VF. Hence check
if all queues are enabled before starting all queues.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the PF resets the VF, the VF puts out a warning message
indicating that the VF received a reset message from the PF.
Make this message more clear so that we do not mistakenly
think that the PF is undergoing a reset.
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to changes done to the PF driver in commit 6622f5cdba ("i40e:
make use of __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync"), replace our
home-rolled method for updating the internal status of MAC filters with
__dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync.
These new functions use internal state within the netdev struct in order
to efficiently break the question of "which filters in this list need to
be added or removed" into singular "add this filter" and "delete this
filter" requests.
This vastly improves our handling of .set_rx_mode especially with large
number of MAC filters being added to the device, and even results in
a simpler .set_rx_mode handler.
Under some circumstances, such as when attached to a bridge, we may
receive a request to delete our own permanent address. Prevent deletion
of this address during i40evf_addr_unsync so that we don't accidentally
stop receiving traffic.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The MAC, FW Version and NPAR check used to determine
if shutting off the FW LLDP engine is supported is not
using the usual feature check mechanism.
This patch fixes the problem by moving the feature check
to i40e_sw_init in order to set a flag in pf->hw_features
that ethtool will use for priv_flags disable operation.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Broadcast filters can now cause overflow promiscuous to trigger when
adding "too many" VLANs to all the ports of a device and the driver
needs a way to exit overflow promiscuous once triggered.
Currently the driver looks to see if there are "too many" filters and/or
we have any failed filters to determine when it is safe to exit overflow
promiscuous. If we trigger overflow promiscuous with broadcast filters,
any new filters added will be "auto-failed" until we exit overflow
promiscuous. Since the user can't manually remove the failed broadcast
filters for VLANs (nor should we expect the user to do such), there is
no way to exit overflow promiscuous without reloading the driver.
The easiest way to do this is to remove the shortcut to "auto-fail"
filters in overflow promiscuous. If the user removes the VLANs, the
failed filters will be removed and since we're no longer "auto-failing"
new filters, we'll eventually get a good set of filters and exit
overflow promiscuous.
This has the side benefit of making filter state more explicit in that
if a filter says it's failed we know for a fact it failed and not just
assuming it will if we're in overflow promiscuous. This is nice because
if the user removes some filters and then adds some, even if we're in
overflow promiscuous, the filter might succeed; we were just assuming it
won't because the user hasn't rectified other existing failed filters.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This code here is quite complex and easy to screw up. Let's see if we
can't improve the readability and maintainability a bit. This refactors
out promisc_changed into two variables 'old_overflow' and 'new_overflow'
which makes it a bit clearer when we're concerned about when and how
overflow promiscuous is changed. This also makes so that we no longer
need to pass a boolean pointer to i40e_aqc_add_filters. Instead we can
simply check if we changed the overflow promiscuous flag since the
function start.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When iterating through the linked list of VLAN filters, make the
iterator the same type as that of the linked list.
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When adding a bunch of VLANs to all the ports on a device, it's possible
to run out of space for broadcast filters. The driver should trigger
overflow promiscuous in this circumstance to prevent traffic from being
unexpectedly dropped.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Could a Bad Person do Bad Things to a server if they found these
addresses printed in the log? Who knows? But let's not take that risk.
Remove pointers from a bunch of printks. In some cases, I was able to
adjust the message to indicate whether or not the value was null. In
others, I just removed the entire message as there was really no hope of
saving it.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A spin lock is taken here so we should use GFP_ATOMIC.
Fixes: 504398f0a7 ("i40evf: use spinlock to protect (mac|vlan)_filter_list")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:5440:5: warning:
symbol 'i40e_get_link_speed' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch replaces the existing mechanism for determining the correct
value to program for adaptive ITR with yet another new and more
complicated approach.
The basic idea from a 30K foot view is that this new approach will push the
Rx interrupt moderation up so that by default it starts in low latency and
is gradually pushed up into a higher latency setup as long as doing so
increases the number of packets processed, if the number of packets drops
to 4 to 1 per packet we will reset and just base our ITR on the size of the
packets being received. For Tx we leave it floating at a high interrupt
delay and do not pull it down unless we start processing more than 112
packets per interrupt. If we start exceeding that we will cut our interrupt
rates in half until we are back below 112.
The side effect of these patches are that we will be processing more
packets per interrupt. This is both a good and a bad thing as it means we
will not be blocking processing in the case of things like pktgen and XDP,
but we will also be consuming a bit more CPU in the cases of things such as
network throughput tests using netperf.
One delta from this versus the ixgbe version of the changes is that I have
made the interrupt moderation a bit more aggressive when we are in bulk
mode by moving our "goldilocks zone" up from 48 to 96 to 56 to 112. The
main motivation behind moving this is to address the fact that we need to
update less frequently, and have more fine grained control due to the
separate Tx and Rx ITR times.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is mostly prep-work for replacing the current approach to
programming the dynamic aka adaptive ITR. Specifically here what we are
doing is splitting the Tx and Rx ITR each into two separate values.
The first value current_itr represents the current value of the register.
The second value target_itr represents the desired value of the register.
The general plan by doing this is to allow for deferring the update of the
ITR value under certain circumstances. For now we will work with what we
have, but in the future I hope to change the behavior so that we always
only update one ITR at a time using some simple logic to determine which
ITR requires an update.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While testing code for the recent ITR changes I found that updating the Tx
ITR appeared to have no effect with everything defaulting to the Rx ITR. A
bit of digging narrowed it down the fact that we were asking the PF to
associate all causes with ITR 0 as we weren't populating the itr_idx values
for either Rx or Tx.
To correct it I have added the configuration for these values to this
patch. In addition I did some minor clean-up to just add a local pointer
for the vector map instead of dereferencing it based off of the index
repeatedly. In my opinion this makes the resultant code a bit more readable
and saves us a few characters.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of using the register value for the defines when setting up the
ring ITR we can just use the actual values and avoid the use of shifts and
macros to translate between the values we have and the values we want.
This helps to make the code more readable as we can quickly translate from
one value to the other.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The CLEARPBA bit in the dynamic interrupt control register actually has
no effect either way on the hardware. As per errata 28 in the XL710
specification update the interrupt is actually cleared any time the
register is written with the INTENA_MSK bit set to 0. As such the act of
toggling the enable bit actually will trigger the interrupt being
cleared and could lead to potential lost events if auto-masking is
not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a further clean-up related to the change over to using
q_vector->reg_idx when accessing the ITR registers. Specifically the code
appears to have several other spots where we were computing the register
offset manually and this resulted in errors in a few spots.
Specifically in the i40evf functions for mapping queues to vectors it
appears we may have had an off by 1 error since (v_idx - 1) for the first
q_vector with an index of 0 would result in us returning -1 if I am not
mistaken.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently in i40e_set_priv_flags we use new_flags to check for the
I40E_FLAG_DISABLE_FW_LLDP flag. This is an issue for a few a reasons.
DISABLE_FW_LLDP is persistent across reboots/driver reloads. This means
we need some way to detect if FW LLDP is enabled on init. We do this by
trying to init_dcb and if it fails with EPERM we know LLDP is disabled
in FW.
This could be a problem on older FW versions or NPAR enabled PFs because
there are situations where the FW could disable LLDP, but they do _not_
support using this flag to change it. If we do end up in this
situation, the flag will be set, then when the user tries to change any
priv flags, the driver thinks the user is trying to disable FW LLDP on a
FW that doesn't support it and essentially forbids any priv flag
changes.
The fix is simple, instead of checking if this flag is set, we should be
checking if the user is trying to _change_ the flag on unsupported FW
versions.
This patch also adds a comment explaining that the cmpxchg is the point
of no return. Once we put the new flags into pf->flags we can't back
out.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a warning message when the link-down-on-close flag is
setting on. The warning is printed only on MFP devices
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jabłoński <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds necessary delay for 4.33 firmware to recover after
EMP reset. Without this patch driver occasionally reinitializes
structures too quickly to communicate with firmware after EMP reset
causing AdminQ to timeout.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The logic for dynamic ITR update is confusing at best as there were odd
paths chosen for how to find the rings associated with a given queue based
on the vector index and other inconsistencies throughout the code.
This patch is an attempt to clean up the logic so that we can more easily
understand what is going on. Specifically if there is a Rx or Tx ring that
is enabled in dynamic mode on the q_vector it is allowed to override the
other side of the interrupt moderation. While it isn't correct all this
patch is doing is cleaning up the logic for now so that when we come
through and fix it we can more easily identify that this is wrong.
The other big change made here is that we replace references to:
vsi->rx_rings[q_vector->v_idx]->itr_setting
with:
q_vector->rx.ring->itr_setting
The general idea is we can avoid the long pointer chase since just
accessing q_vector->rx.ring is a single pointer access versus having to
chase down vsi->rx_rings, and then finding the pointer in the array, and
finally chasing down the itr_setting from there.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The rings are already split out into Tx and Rx rings so it doesn't make
sense to have any single ring store both a Tx and Rx itr_setting value.
Since that is the case drop the pair in favor of storing just a single ITR
value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'bufer' should be 'buffer'
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the number of queues per enabled TC and report available queues
to the kernel without having to limit them to the max RSS limit so
they are available to be mapped for XPS. This allows a queue per
processing thread available for handling traffic for the given
traffic class.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=ttq9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.16-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- skip AER driver error recovery callbacks for correctable errors
reported via ACPI APEI, as we already do for errors reported via the
native path (Tyler Baicar)
- fix DPC shared interrupt handling (Alex Williamson)
- print full DPC interrupt number (Keith Busch)
- enable DPC only if AER is available (Keith Busch)
- simplify DPC code (Bjorn Helgaas)
- calculate ASPM L1 substate parameter instead of hardcoding it (Bjorn
Helgaas)
- enable Latency Tolerance Reporting for ASPM L1 substates (Bjorn
Helgaas)
- move ASPM internal interfaces out of public header (Bjorn Helgaas)
- allow hot-removal of VGA devices (Mika Westerberg)
- speed up unplug and shutdown by assuming Thunderbolt controllers
don't support Command Completed events (Lukas Wunner)
- add AtomicOps support for GPU and Infiniband drivers (Felix Kuehling,
Jay Cornwall)
- expose "ari_enabled" in sysfs to help NIC naming (Stuart Hayes)
- clean up PCI DMA interface usage (Christoph Hellwig)
- remove PCI pool API (replaced with DMA pool) (Romain Perier)
- deprecate pci_get_bus_and_slot(), which assumed PCI domain 0 (Sinan
Kaya)
- move DT PCI code from drivers/of/ to drivers/pci/ (Rob Herring)
- add PCI-specific wrappers for dev_info(), etc (Frederick Lawler)
- remove warnings on sysfs mmap failure (Bjorn Helgaas)
- quiet ROM validation messages (Alex Deucher)
- remove redundant memory alloc failure messages (Markus Elfring)
- fill in types for compile-time VGA and other I/O port resources
(Bjorn Helgaas)
- make "pci=pcie_scan_all" work for Root Ports as well as Downstream
Ports to help AmigaOne X1000 (Bjorn Helgaas)
- add SPDX tags to all PCI files (Bjorn Helgaas)
- quirk Marvell 9128 DMA aliases (Alex Williamson)
- quirk broken INTx disable on Ceton InfiniTV4 (Bjorn Helgaas)
- fix CONFIG_PCI=n build by adding dummy pci_irqd_intx_xlate() (Niklas
Cassel)
- use DMA API to get MSI address for DesignWare IP (Niklas Cassel)
- fix endpoint-mode DMA mask configuration (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- fix ARTPEC-6 incorrect IS_ERR() usage (Wei Yongjun)
- add support for ARTPEC-7 SoC (Niklas Cassel)
- add endpoint-mode support for ARTPEC (Niklas Cassel)
- add Cadence PCIe host and endpoint controller driver (Cyrille
Pitchen)
- handle multiple INTx status bits being set in dra7xx (Vignesh R)
- translate dra7xx hwirq range to fix INTD handling (Vignesh R)
- remove deprecated Exynos PHY initialization code (Jaehoon Chung)
- fix MSI erratum workaround for HiSilicon Hip06/Hip07 (Dongdong Liu)
- fix NULL pointer dereference in iProc BCMA driver (Ray Jui)
- fix Keystone interrupt-controller-node lookup (Johan Hovold)
- constify qcom driver structures (Julia Lawall)
- rework Tegra config space mapping to increase space available for
endpoints (Vidya Sagar)
- simplify Tegra driver by using bus->sysdata (Manikanta Maddireddy)
- remove PCI_REASSIGN_ALL_BUS usage on Tegra (Manikanta Maddireddy)
- add support for Global Fabric Manager Server (GFMS) event to
Microsemi Switchtec switch driver (Logan Gunthorpe)
- add IDs for Switchtec PSX 24xG3 and PSX 48xG3 (Kelvin Cao)
* tag 'pci-v4.16-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (140 commits)
PCI: cadence: Add EndPoint Controller driver for Cadence PCIe controller
dt-bindings: PCI: cadence: Add DT bindings for Cadence PCIe endpoint controller
PCI: endpoint: Fix EPF device name to support multi-function devices
PCI: endpoint: Add the function number as argument to EPC ops
PCI: cadence: Add host driver for Cadence PCIe controller
dt-bindings: PCI: cadence: Add DT bindings for Cadence PCIe host controller
PCI: Add vendor ID for Cadence
PCI: Add generic function to probe PCI host controllers
PCI: generic: fix missing call of pci_free_resource_list()
PCI: OF: Add generic function to parse and allocate PCI resources
PCI: Regroup all PCI related entries into drivers/pci/Makefile
PCI/DPC: Reformat DPC register definitions
PCI/DPC: Add and use DPC Status register field definitions
PCI/DPC: Squash dpc_rp_pio_get_info() into dpc_process_rp_pio_error()
PCI/DPC: Remove unnecessary RP PIO register structs
PCI/DPC: Push dpc->rp_pio_status assignment into dpc_rp_pio_get_info()
PCI/DPC: Squash dpc_rp_pio_print_error() into dpc_rp_pio_get_info()
PCI/DPC: Make RP PIO log size check more generic
PCI/DPC: Rename local "status" to "dpc_status"
PCI/DPC: Squash dpc_rp_pio_print_tlp_header() into dpc_rp_pio_print_error()
...
When compared to ixgbe and other previous Intel drivers the i40e and i40evf
drivers actually reserve 2 additional descriptors in maybe_stop_tx for
cache line alignment. We need to update DESC_NEEDED to reflect this as
otherwise we are more likely to return TX_BUSY which will cause issues with
things like xmit_more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-01-26
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Michal updates the driver to pass critical errors from the firmware to
the caller.
Patryk fixes an issue of creating multiple identical filters with the
same location, by simply moving the functions so that we remove the
existing filter and then add the new filter.
Paweł adds back in the ability to turn off offloads when VLAN is set for
the VF driver. Fixed an issue where the number of TC queue pairs was
exceeding MSI-X vectors count, causing messages about invalid TC mapping
and wrong selected Tx queue.
Alex cleans up the i40e/i40evf_set_itr_per_queue() by dropping all the
unneeded pointer chases. Puts to use the reg_idx value, which was going
unused, so that we can avoid having to compute the vector every time
throughout the driver.
Upasana enable the driver to display LLDP information on the vSphere Web
Client by exposing DCB parameters.
Alice converts our flags from 32 to 64 bit size, since we have added
more flags.
Dave implements a private ethtool flag to disable the processing of LLDP
packets by the firmware, so that the firmware will not consume LLDPDU
and cause them to be sent up the stack.
Alan adds a mechanism for detecting/storing the flag for processing of
LLDP packets by the firmware, so that its current state is persistent
across reboots/reloads of the driver.
Avinash fixes kdump with i40e due to resource constraints. We were
enabling VMDq and iWARP when we just have a single CPU, which was
starving kdump for the lack of IRQs.
Jake adds support to program the fragmented IPv4 input set PCTYPE.
Fixed the reported masks to properly report that the entire field is
masked, since we had accidentally swapped the mask values for the IPv4
addresses with the L4 port numbers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch suppresses the message about invalid TC mapping and wrong
selected TX queue. The root cause of this bug was setting too many
TC queue pairs on huge multiprocessor machines. When quantity of the
TC queue pairs is exceeding MSI-X vectors count then TX queue number
can be selected beyond actual TX queues amount.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jabłoński <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The drivers for i40e and i40evf had a reg_idx value stored in the q_vector
that was going completely unused. I can only assume this was copied over
from ixgbe and nobody knew how to use it.
I'm going to make use of the value to avoid having to compute the vector
and thus the register index for multiple paths throughout the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit 36777d9fa2 ("i40e: check current configured input set when
adding ntuple filters") some code was added to report the input set
mask for a given filter when reporting it to the user.
This code is necessary so that the reported filter correctly displays
that it is or is not masking certain fields.
Unfortunately the code was incorrect. Development error accidentally
swapped the mask values for the IPv4 addresses with the L4 port numbers.
The port numbers are only 16bits wide while IPv4 addresses are 32 bits.
Unfortunately we assigned only 16 bits to the IPv4 address masks.
Additionally we assigned 32bit value 0xFFFFFFF to the TCP port numbers.
This second part does not matter as the value would be truncated to
16bits regardless, but it is unnecessary.
Fix the reported masks to properly report that the entire field is
masked.
Fixes: 36777d9fa2 ("i40e: check current configured input set when adding ntuple filters")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Our hardware does not allow situations where two filters might conflict
when matching. Essentially hardware only programs one filter for each
set of matching criteria. We don't support filters with overlapping
input sets, because each flow type can only use a single input set.
Additionally, different flow types will never have overlapping matches,
because of how the hardware parses the flow type before checking
matching criteria.
For this reason, we do not need or use the location number when
programming filters to hardware.
In order to avoid confusing scenarios with filters that match the same
criteria but program the flow to different queues, do not allow multiple
filters that match identical criteria to be programmed.
This ensures that we avoid odd scenarios when deleting filters, and when
programming new filters that match the same criteria.
Instead, users that wish to update the criteria for a filter must use
the same location id, or must delete all the matching filters first.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When implementing support for IP_USER_FLOW filters, we correctly
programmed a filter for both the non fragmented IPv4/Other filter, as
well as the fragmented IPv4 filters. However, we did not properly
program the input set for fragmented IPv4 PCTYPE. This meant that the
filters would almost certainly not match, unless the user specified all
of the flow types.
Add support to program the fragmented IPv4 filter input set. Since we
always program these filters together, we'll assume that the two input
sets must match, and will thus always program the input sets to the same
value.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
kdump fails in the system when used in conjunction with Ethernet driver
X722/X710. This is mainly because when we are resource constrained i.e.
when we have just one online_cpus, we are enabling VMDq and iWARP. It
doesn't make sense to enable them with just one CPU and starve kdump
for lack of IRQs.
So don't enable VMDq or iWARP when we just have a single CPU.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using ethtool --set-priv-flags disable-fw-lldp <on/off> is persistent
across reboots/reloads so we need some mechanism in the driver to detect
if it's on or off on init so we can set the ethtool private flag
appropriately. Without this, every time the driver is reloaded the flag
will default to off regardless of whether it's on or off in FW.
We detect this by first attempting to program DCB and if AQ fails
returning I40E_AQ_RC_EPERM, we know that LLDP is disabled in FW.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement the private flag disable-fw-lldp for ethtool
to disable the processing of LLDP packets by the FW.
This will stop the FW from consuming LLDPDU and cause
them to be sent up the stack.
The FW is also being configured to apply a default DCB
configuration on link up.
Toggling the value of this flag will also cause a PF reset.
Disabling FW DCB will also disable DCBx.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As we have added more flags, we need to now use more
bits and have over flooded the 32 bit size. So
make it 64.
Also change all the existing bits to unsigned long long
bits.
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables driver to display LLDP information on the vSphere Web
Client with Intel adapters (X710, XL710) and Distributed Virtual Switch.
Signed-off-by: Upasana Menon <upasana.menon@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change cleans up the i40e/i40evf_set_itr_per_queue function by
dropping all the unneeded pointer chases. Instead we can just pull out the
pointers for the Tx and Rx rings and use them throughout the function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds back the capability to turn off offloads when VF has
VLAN set. The commit 0a3b4f702f ("i40evf: enable support for VF VLAN
tag stripping control") adds the i40evf_set_features function and
changes the 'turn off' flow for offloads. This patch adds that
capability back by moving checking the VLAN option for VF to the
next statement.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jabłoński <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch reorders i40e_add_del_fdir and i40e_update_ethtool_fdir_entry
calls so that we first remove an already existing filter (inside
i40e_update_ethtool_fdir_entry using i40e_add_del_fdir) and then
we add a new one with i40e_add_del_fdir.
After applying this patch, creating multiple identical filters (with
the same location) one after another doesn't revert their behavior
but behaves correctly.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The FW has the ability to return a critical error on every AQ command.
When this critical error occurs then we need to send the correct response
to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
commit 2de6aa3a66 ("ixgbe: Add support for padding packet")
Uses RXDCTL.RLPML to limit the maximum frame size on Rx when using
build_skb. Unfortunately that register does not work on 82599.
Added an explicit check to avoid setting this register on 82599 MAC.
Extended the comment related to the setting of RXDCTL.RLPML to better
explain its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
"offset" can't be both 0x0 and 0xFFFF so presumably || was intended
instead of &&. That matches with how this check is done in other
functions.
Fixes: 73834aec71 ("ixgbe: extend firmware version support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since 5G link speed is supported by some devices, add reporting of 5G link
speed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current code enables on X550 timestamping of all packets for any
filter, which means ethtool should not report any PTP-specific filters
as unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the ARRAY_SIZE macro on array buf to determine size of the array.
Improvement suggested by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the ARRAY_SIZE macro on various arrays to determine
size of the arrays. Improvement suggested by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the case of the Tx rings we need to only clear the Tx buffer_info when
we are resetting the rings. Ideally we do this when we configure the ring
to bring it back up instead of when we are taking it down in order to avoid
dirtying pages we don't need to.
In addition we don't need to clear the Tx descriptor ring since we will
fully repopulate it when we begin transmitting frames and next_to_watch can
be cleared to prevent the ring from being cleaned beyond that point instead
of needing to touch anything in the Tx descriptor ring.
Finally with these changes we can avoid having to reset the skb member of
the Tx buffer_info structure in the cleanup path since the skb will always
be associated with the first buffer which has next_to_watch set.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on commit ec718254cb
("ixgbe: Improve performance and reduce size of ixgbe_tx_map")
This change is meant to both improve the performance and reduce the size of
ixgbevf_tx_map().
Expand the work done in the main loop by pushing first into tx_buffer.
This allows us to pull in the dma_mapping_error check, the tx_buffer value
assignment, and the initial DMA value assignment to the Tx descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on commit d2bead576e
("igb: Clear Rx buffer_info in configure instead of clean")
This change makes it so that instead of going through the entire ring on Rx
cleanup we only go through the region that was designated to be cleaned up
and stop when we reach the region where new allocations should start.
In addition we can avoid having to perform a memset on the Rx buffer_info
structures until we are about to start using the ring again.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We already had placehloders for failed page and buffer allocations.
Added alloc_rx_page and made sure the stats are properly updated and
exposed in ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on commit bd4171a5d4
("igb: update code to better handle incrementing page count")
Update the driver code so that we do bulk updates of the page reference
count instead of just incrementing it by one reference at a time. The
advantage to doing this is that we cut down on atomic operations and
this in turn should give us a slight improvement in cycles per packet.
In addition if we eventually move this over to using build_skb the gains
will be more noticeable.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on commit 5be5955425
("igb: update driver to make use of DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC")
and
commit 7bd1759282 ("igb: Add support for DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING")
Convert the calls to dma_map/unmap_page() to the attributes version
and add DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC/WEAK_ORDERING which should help
improve performance on some platforms.
Move sync_for_cpu call before we perform a prefetch to avoid
invalidating the first 128 bytes of the packet on architectures where
that call may invalidate the cache.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on:
commit 7ec0116c91 ("igb: Use length to determine if descriptor is done")
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.
In addition we only reset the Rx descriptor length for descriptor zero when
resetting a ring instead of having to do a memset with 0 over the entire
ring. By doing this we can save some time on initialization.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on commit 64f2525ca4 ("igb: Only DMA sync frame length")
On some architectures synching a buffer for DMA may be expensive.
Instead of the entire 2K receive buffer only synchronize the length of
the frame, which will typically be the MTU or smaller.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduce ixgbevf_can_reuse_page() similar to the change in ixgbe from
commit af43da0dba
("ixgbe: Add function for checking to see if we can reuse page")
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make use of tc_cls_can_offload_and_chain0() to set extack msg in case
ethtool tc offload flag is not set or chain unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of tc_cls_can_offload_and_chain0() to set extack msg in case
ethtool tc offload flag is not set or chain unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-01-24
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Alex fixes MACVLAN offload for fm10k, where we were not seeing unicast
packets being received because we did not correctly configure the
default VLAN ID for the port and defaulting to 0.
Jake cleans up unnecessary parenthesis in a couple of "if" statements.
Fixed the driver to stop adding VLAN 0 into the VLAN table, since it
would cause the VLAN table to be inconsistent between the PF and VF.
Also fixed an issue where we were assuming that VLAN 1 is enabled when
the default VLAN ID is not set, so resolve by not requesting any filters
for the default_vid if it has not yet been assigned.
Ngai fixes an issue which was generating a dmesg regarding unbale to
kill a particular VLAN ID for the device. This is due to
ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid() exits with an error and the handler for this ndo
is fm10k_update_vid() which exits prematurely under PF VLAN management.
So to resolve, we must check the VLAN update action type before exiting
fm10k_update_vid(), and act appropriately based on the action type.
Also corrected code comment typos.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clarify the comment for when entering promiscuous mode that we update
the VLAN table. Add a comment distinguishing the case where we're
exiting promiscuous mode and need to clear the entire VLAN table.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit 856dfd69e84f ("fm10k: Fix multicast mode synch issues",
2016-03-03) we've incorrectly assumed that VLAN 1 is enabled when the
default VID is not set.
This occurs because we check the default_vid and if it's zero, start
several loops over the active_vlans bitmask at 1, instead of checking to
ensure that that bit is active.
This happened because of commit d9ff3ee8efe9 ("fm10k: Add support for
VLAN 0 w/o default VLAN", 2014-08-07) which mistakenly assumed that we
should send requests for MAC and VLAN filters with VLAN 0 when the
default_vid isn't set.
However, the switch generally considers this an invalid configuration,
so the only time we'd have a default_vid of 0 is when the switch is
down.
Instead, lets just not request any filters for the default_vid if it's
not yet been assigned.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, when the driver loads, it sends a request to add VLAN 0 to the
VLAN table. For the PF, this is honored, and VLAN 0 is indeed set. For
the VF, this request is silently converted into a request for the
default VLAN as defined by either the switch vid or the PF vid.
This results in the odd behavior that the VLAN table doesn't appear
consistent between the PF and the VF.
Furthermore, setting a MAC filter with VLAN 0 is generally considered an
invalid configuration by the switch, and since commit 856dfd69e84f
("fm10k: Fix multicast mode synch issues", 2016-03-03) we've had code
which prevents us from ever sending such a request.
Since there's not really a good reason to keep VLAN 0 in the VLAN table,
stop requesting it in fm10k_restore_rx_state().
This might seem to indicate that we would no longer properly configure
the MAC and VLAN tables for the default vid. However, due to the way
that fm10k_find_next_vlan() behaves, it will always return the
default_vid as enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a VF is under PF VLAN assignment:
ip link set <pf> vf <#> vlan <vid>
This will remove all previous entries in the VLAN table including those
generated by VLAN interfaces created on the VF. The issue arises when
the VF is under PF VLAN assignment and one or more of these VLAN
interfaces of the VF are deleted. When deleting these VLAN interfaces,
the following message will be generated in "dmesg":
failed to kill vid 0081/<vid> for device <vf>
This is due to the fact that "ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid" exits with an error.
The handler for this ndo is "fm10k_update_vid". Any calls to this
function while under PF VLAN management will exit prematurely and, thus,
it will generate the failure message.
Additionally, since "fm10k_update_vid" exits prematurely, none of the
VLAN update is performed. So, even though the actual VLAN interfaces of
the VF will be deleted, the active_vlans bitmask is not cleared. When
the VF is no longer under PF VLAN assignment, the driver mistakenly
restores the previous entries of the VLAN table based on an
unsynchronized list of active VLANs.
The solution to this issue involves checking the VLAN update action type
before exiting "fm10k_update_vid". If the VLAN update action type is to
"add", this action will not be permitted while the VF is under PF VLAN
assignment and the VLAN update is abandoned like before.
However, if the VLAN update action type is to "kill", then we need to
also clear the active_vlans bitmask. However, we don't need to actually
queue any messages to the PF, because the MAC and VLAN tables have
already been cleared, and the PF would silently ignore these requests
anyways.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fixes a few warnings found by checkpatch.pl --strict
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since TC block changes drivers are required to check if
the TC hw offload flag is set on the interface themselves.
Fixes: 2f4b411a3d ("i40e: Enable cloud filters via tc-flower")
Fixes: 44ae12a768 ("net: sched: move the can_offload check from binding phase to rule insertion phase")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fm10k driver didn't work correctly when macvlan offload was enabled.
Specifically what would occur is that we would see no unicast packets being
received. This was traced down to us not correctly configuring the default
VLAN ID for the port and defaulting to 0.
To correct this we either use the default ID provided by the switch or
simply use 1. With that we are able to pass and receive traffic without any
issues.
In addition we were not repopulating the filter table following a reset. To
correct that I have added a bit of code to fm10k_restore_rx_state that will
repopulate the Rx filter configuration for the macvlan interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Problem description:
After ethernet cable connect and disconnect for several iterations on a
device with i210, tx timestamp will stop being put into the socket.
Steps to reproduce:
1. Setup a device with i210 and wire it to a 802.1AS capable switch (
Extreme Networks Summit x440 is used in our case)
2. Have the gptp daemon running on the device and make sure it is synced
with the switch
3. Have the switch disable and enable the port, wait for the device gets
resynced with the switch
4. Iterates step 3 until the device is not albe to get resynced
5. Review the log in dmesg and you will see warning message "igb : clearing
Tx timestamp hang"
Root cause:
If ptp_tx_work() gets scheduled just before the port gets disabled, a LINK
DOWN event will be processed before ptp_tx_work(), which may cause timeout
in ptp_tx_work(). In the timeout logic, the TSYNCTXCTL's TXTT bit (Transmit
timestamp valid bit) is not cleared, causing no new timestamp loaded to
TXSTMP register. Consequently therefore, no new interrupt is triggerred by
TSICR.TXTS bit and no more Tx timestamp send to the socket.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Hua <daniel.hua@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Omit an extra message for a memory allocation failure in this function.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I personally spent a long time trying to decypher why my CPU would not
reach deeper C-states. Let's just tell the next user what's going on.
Signed-off-by: Matt Turner <matt.turner@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
By design, the idleslope increments are restricted to 16.384kbps steps.
Add a comment to igb_main.c making that explicit and add one example
that illustrates the impact of that.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
According to section 12.0.3.4.13 "Receive Descriptor Control - RXDCTL"
of the Intel® 82579 Gigabit Ethernet PHY Datasheet v2.1:
"HTHRESH should be given a non zero value when ever PTHRESH is
used."
In RXDCTL(0), PTHRESH lives at bits 5:0, and HTHREST lives at bits 13:8.
Set only bit 8 of HTHREST as is done in e1000_flush_rx_ring(). Found by
inspection.
Signed-off-by: Matt Turner <matt.turner@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a new function igb_get_max_rss_queues() to get maximum
RSS queues, this will reduce duplicate code and facilitate future
maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Before libvirt modifies the MAC address and vlan tag for an SRIOV VF
for use by a virtual machine (either using vfio device assignment or
macvtap passthru mode), it saves the current MAC address and vlan tag
so that it can reset them to their original value when the guest is
done. Libvirt can't leave the VF MAC set to the value used by the
now-defunct guest since it may be started again later using a
different VF, but it certainly shouldn't just pick any random value,
either. So it saves the state of everything prior to using the VF, and
resets it to that.
The igb driver initializes the MAC addresses of all VFs to
00:00:00:00:00:00, and reports that when asked (via an RTM_GETLINK
netlink message, also visible in the list of VFs in the output of "ip
link show"). But when libvirt attempts to restore the MAC address back
to 00:00:00:00:00:00 (using an RTM_SETLINK netlink message) the kernel
responds with "Invalid argument".
Forbidding a reset back to the original value leaves the VF MAC at the
value set for the now-defunct virtual machine. Especially on a system
with NetworkManager enabled, this has very bad consequences, since
NetworkManager forces all interfacess to be IFF_UP all the time - if
the same virtual machine is restarted using a different VF (or even on
a different host), there will be multiple interfaces watching for
traffic with the same MAC address.
To allow libvirt to revert to the original state, we need a way to
remove the administrative set MAC on a VF, to allow normal host
operation again, and to reset/overwrite the VF MAC via VF netdev.
This patch implements the outlined scenario by allowing to set the
VF MAC to 00:00:00:00:00:00 via RTM_SETLINK on the PF.
igb_ndo_set_vf_mac resets the IGB_VF_FLAG_PF_SET_MAC flag to 0,
so it's possible to reset the VF MAC back to the original value via
the VF netdev.
Note: Recent patches to libvirt allow for a workaround if the NIC
isn't capable of resetting the administrative MAC back to all 0, but
in theory the NIC should allow resetting the MAC in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Corinna Vinschen <vinschen@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <arron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-01-23
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Pawel enables FlatNVM support on x722 devices by allowing nvmupdate tool
to configure the preservation flags in the AdminQ command.
Mitch fixes a potential divide by zero error when DCB is enabled and
the firmware fails to configure the VSI, so check for this state.
Fixed a bug where the driver could fail to adhere to ETS bandwidth
allocations if 8 traffic classes were configured on the switch.
Sudheer fixes a potential deadlock by avoiding to call
flush_schedule_work() in i40evf_remove(), since cancel_work_sync()
and cancel_delayed_work_sync() already cleans up necessary work items.
Fixed an issue with the problematic detection and recovery from
hung queues in the PF which was causing lost interrupts. This is done
by triggering a software interrupt so that interrupts are forced on
and if we are already in napi_poll and an interrupt fires, napi_poll
will not be rescheduled and the interrupt is lost.
Avinash fixes an issue in the VF where is was possible to issue a
reset_task while the device is currently being removed.
Michal fixes an issue occurring while calling i40e_led_set() with
the blink parameter set to true, which was causing the activity LED
instead of the link LED to blink for port identification.
Shiraz changes the client interface to not call client close/open on
netdev down/up events, since this causes a lot of thrash that is
not needed. Instead, disable the PE TCP-ENA flag during a netdev
down event and re-enable on a netdev up event, since this blocks all
TCP traffic to the RDMA protocol engine.
Alan fixes an issue which was causing a potential transmit hang by
ignoring the PF link up message if the VF state is not yet in the
RUNNING state.
Amritha fixes the channel VSI recreation during the reset flow to
reconfigure the transmit rings and the queue context associated with
the channel VSI.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix recreating the channel VSIs during the reset flow to reconfigure
the Tx rings and the queue context associated with the channel VSI.
Also update the next_base_queue for the VSI while rebuilding the
channel VSIs after a reset.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we receive the link status message from PF with link up before queues
are actually enabled, it will trigger a TX hang. This fixes the issue
by ignoring a link up message if the VF state is not yet in RUNNING
state.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Omit an extra message for a memory allocation failure in this function.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Client close is overloaded to handle both un-registration and
netdev down event. On netdev down, i40iw client close is called
which unregisters the RDMA dev and this is too destructive
since the netdev is still registered.
Do not call client close/open on netdev down/up events. Instead
disable the PE TCP_ENA flag during a netdev down event. This
blocks all TCP traffic to the RDMA Protocol Engine. On netdev up,
re-enable the flag.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that i40e_vsi_config_tc() has the pf and hw variable defined, use
them, instead of dereferencing vsi->back. Much easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver (and the entire netdev layer for that matter) assumes
that TC0 will always be present in our DCB configuration.
Unfortunately, this isn't always the case. Rather than fail to
configure the VSI, let's go ahead and try to make it work, even
though DCB will end up being disabled by the kernel.
If the driver fails to configure DCB, the driver queries what's
valid, then writes that back to the hardware, always forcing TC0.
This fixes a bug where the driver could fail to adhere to ETS BW
allocations if 8 TCs were configured on the switch.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In VFs, there is a known issue which can cause writebacks
to not occur when interrupts are disabled and there are
less than 4 descriptors resulting in TX timeout. Timeout
can also occur due to lost interrupt.
The current implementation for detecting and recovering
from hung queues in the PF is problematic because it actually
actively encourages lost interrupts. By triggering a SW
interrupt, interrupts are forced on. If we are already in
napi_poll and an interrupt fires, napi_poll will not be
rescheduled and the interrupt is effectively lost; thereby
potentially *causing* hung queues.
This patch checks whether packets are being processed between
every watchdog cycle and determine potential hung queue and
fires triggers SW interrupt only for that particular queue.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fix solves an issue occurring while calling i40e_led_set function
from the driver with "blink" parameter set as TRUE. This call resulted
in Activity LED blinking instead of Link LED, which may lead to errors
in physically identifying the port, since Activity LED may be blinking
for different reasons as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kuchta <michal.kuchta@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a host disables and enables a PF device, all the associated
VFs are removed and added back in. It also generates a PFR which in turn
resets all the connected VFs. This behaviour is different from that of
Linux guest on Linux host. Hence we end up in a situation where there's
a PFR and device removal at the same time. And watchdog doesn't have a
clue about this and schedules a reset_task. This patch adds code to send
signal to reset_task that the device is currently being removed.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
flush_schedule_work blocks until completion of all scheduled
work items in global work-queue. This can cause deadlock in some
cases. i40evf_remove() cleans up necessary work items with
cancel_delayed_work_sync and cancel_work_sync. This fix removes
flush_schedule_work call inside i40evf_remove().
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some weird circumstances with DCB enabled, the firmware can fail to
configure the VSI, leaving us with zero traffic classes. Check for this
state when we configure RSS to avoid a panic.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds new I40E_NVMUPD_GET_AQ_EVENT state to allow
retrieval of AdminQ events as a result of AdminQ commands sent
to firmware.
Add preservation flags support on X722 devices for NVM update
AdminQ function wrapper. Add new parameter and handling to
nvmupdate admin queue function intended to allow nvmupdate tool
to configure the preservation flags in the AdminQ command.
This is required to implement FlatNVM on X722 devices.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Jablonski <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With all the support code in place we can now link in the ipsec
offload operations and set the ESP feature flag for the XFRM
subsystem to see.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a simple statistic to count the ipsec offloads.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the skb has a security association referenced in the skb, then
set up the Tx descriptor with the ipsec offload bits. While we're
here, we fix an oddly named field in the context descriptor struct.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the chip sees and decrypts an ipsec offload, set up the skb
sp pointer with the ralated SA info. Since the chip is rude
enough to keep to itself the table index it used for the
decryption, we have to do our own table lookup, using the
hash for speed.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On a chip reset most of the table contents are lost, so must be
restored. This scans the driver's ipsec tables and restores both
the filled and empty table slots to their pre-reset values.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the functions for setting up and removing offloaded SAs (Security
Associations) with the x540 hardware. We set up the callback structure
but we don't yet set the hardware feature bit to be sure the XFRM service
won't actually try to use us for an offload yet.
The software tables are made up to mimic the hardware tables to make it
easier to track what's in the hardware, and the SA table index is used
for the XFRM offload handle. However, there is a hashing field in the
Rx SA tracking that will be used to facilitate faster table searches in
the Rx fast path.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set up the data structures to be used by the ipsec offload.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add in the code for running and stopping the hardware ipsec
encryption/decryption engine. It is good to keep the engine
off when not in use in order to save on the power draw.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a few routines to make access to the ipsec registers just a little
easier, and throw in the beginnings of an initialization.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up the ipsec/macsec descriptor bit definitions to match the rest
of the defines and file organization. Also recognise the bit-definition
overlap in the error mask macro.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The BPF verifier conflict was some minor contextual issue.
The TUN conflict was less trivial. Cong Wang fixed a memory leak of
tfile->tx_array in 'net'. This is an skb_array. But meanwhile in
net-next tun changed tfile->tx_arry into tfile->tx_ring which is a
ptr_ring.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A cleanup of the PM code left an incorrect #ifdef in place, leading
to a harmless build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/fm10k/fm10k_pci.c:2502:12: error: 'fm10k_suspend' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/fm10k/fm10k_pci.c:2475:12: error: 'fm10k_resume' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
It's easier to use __maybe_unused attributes here, since you
can't pick the wrong one.
Fixes: 8249c47c6b ("fm10k: use generic PM hooks instead of legacy PCIe power hooks")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent checks added for formatting kernel-doc comments are causing warnings
if W= is run with a non-zero value. This patch fixes function comments to
resolve warnings when W=1 is used.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent checks added for formatting kernel-doc comments are causing warnings
if W= is run with a non-zero value. This patch fixes function comments to
resolve warnings when W=1 is used.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This update makes it so that we report the actual number of Tx queues via
real_num_tx_queues but are still restricted to RSS on only the first pool
by setting num_tc equal to 1. Doing this locks us into only having the
ability to setup XPS on the queues in that pool, and only those queues
should be used for transmitting anything other than macvlan traffic.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that instead of bringing rings up/down for various
we just update the netdev pointer for the Rx ring and set or clear the MAC
filter for the interface. By doing it this way we can avoid a number of
races and issues in the code as things were getting messy with the macvlan
clean-up racing with the interface clean-up to bring the rings down on
shutdown.
With this change we opt to leave the rings owned by the PF interface for
both Tx and Rx and just direct the packets once they are received to the
macvlan netdev.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We should not be stopping/starting the upper devices Tx queues when
handling a macvlan offload. Instead we should be stopping and starting
traffic on our own queues.
In order to prevent us from doing this I am updating the code so that we no
longer change the queue configuration on the upper device, nor do we update
the queue_index on our own device. Instead we can just use the queue index
for our local device and not update the netdev in the case of the transmit
rings.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We shouldn't be recording the Rx queue on macvlan offloaded frames since
the macvlan is normally brought up as a single queue device, and it will
trigger warnings for RPS if we have recorded queue IDs larger than the
"real_num_rx_queues" value recorded for the device.
Instead we should be recording the macvlan statistics since we are
bypassing the normal macvlan statistics that would have been generated by
the receive path.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code throughout ixgbe was assuming that dev->num_tc was populated and
configured with the driver, when in fact this can be configured via mqprio
without any hardware coordination other than restricting us to the real
number of Tx queues we advertise.
Instead of handling things this way we need to keep a local copy of the
number of TCs in use so that we don't accidentally pull in the TC
configuration from mqprio when it is configured in software mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We might as well configure the limit to default to 1 pool always for the
interface. This accounts for the fact that the PF counts as 1 pool if
SR-IOV is enabled, and in general we are always running in 1 pool mode when
RSS or DCB is enabled as well, though we don't need to actually evaluate
any of the VMDq features in those cases.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The macvlan driver itself will validate the MAC address that is configured
for a given interface. There is no need for us to verify it again.
Instead we should be checking to verify that we actually allocate the filter
and have not run out of resources to configure a MAC rule in our filter
table.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
track_id == 0 is valid for “read only” profiles when
profile does not have any “write” commands.
Signed-off-by: Jingjing Wu <jingjing.wu@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
PPP name was going to be confusing since PPP already means point
to point protocol. It is decided to change pipeline personalization
profile(ppp) to dynamic device personalization(ddp).
Signed-off-by: Jingjing Wu <jingjing.wu@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Having the interrupts firing while we are polling causes extra overhead and
isn't needed for most systems out there. If an interrupt is lost us
experiencing a 2s latency spike before recovering is still not acceptable
and masks the issue. We are better off just identifying systems that lose
interrupts and instead enable workarounds for those systems.
To that end I am dropping the code that was strobing the interrupts as
there is a narrow window where having them enabled can actually cause
race issues anyway where a few stray packets might get misses if the
interrupt is re-enabled and fires before we call napi_complete.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If you enabled and disabled promiscuous mode on a VF you could easily put
it into a state where it would start firing interrupts on all queues at a
rate of 50+ interrupts per second even though there was no traffic present.
The issue seems to have been a stray admin queue feature flag set that was
leaving us in a high polling rate for the adminq task.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We should not be clearing the pending bit array for each vector manually.
The documentation for the hardware states that when in MSI-X mode the
pending bit array will be cleared automatically. Us clearing it ourselves
just results in multiple opportunities for us to drop an interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Variable read_size is initialized and this value is never read, it is
instead set inside the do-loop, hence the initialization is redundant
and can be removed. Cleans up clang warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_nvm.c:390:6: warning: Value stored
to 'read_size' during its initialization is never read
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump the i40e driver from 2.1.14 to 2.3.2.
Bump the i40evf driver from 3.0.1 to 3.2.2
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We introduced the virtchnl interface in order to have an interface for
talking to a virtual device driver which was host-driver agnostic. This
interface has its own definitions, including one for link speed.
The host driver has to talk to the virtchnl interface using these new
definitions in order to remain compatible. Today, the i40e link_speed
enumerations are value-exact matches for the virtchnl interface, so it
was originally decided to simply use a typecast.
However, this is unsafe, and makes it easier for future drivers to
continue this unsafe practice. There is nothing guaranteeing these
values are exact, and the type-cast would hide any compiler warning
which indicates the problem.
Rather than rely on this type cast, introduce a helper function which
can convert the AdminQ link speed definition into a virtchnl
definition. This can then be used by host driver implementations in
order to safely convert to the interface recognized by the virtual
functions.
If the link speed is not able to be represented by the virtchnl
definitions we'll report UNKNOWN which is the safest result.
This will ensure that should the driver specific link_speeds actual bit
definitions change, we do not report them incorrectly according to the
VF.
Additionally, this provides a better pattern for future drivers to copy,
as it is more likely a future device may not use the exact same bit-wise
definition as the current virtchnl interface.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We currently notify a VF of the link state after ENABLE_QUEUES, which is
the last thing a VF does after being configured. Guests may not actually
ENABLE_QUEUES until they get configured, and thus between driver load
and device configuration the VF may show inaccurate link status.
Fix this by also sending the link state after GET_VF_RESOURCES. Although
we could remove the message following ENABLE_QUEUES, it's not that
significant of a loss, so this patch just keeps both to ensure maximum
compatibility with guests on various OSes.
Specifically, without this patch guests running FreeBSD will display
inaccurate link state until the device is brought up. This is mostly
a cosmetic issue but can be confusing to system administrators.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If i40evf_open() is called quickly at the same time as a reset occurs
(such as via ethtool) it is possible for the device to attempt to open
while a reset is in progress. This occurs because the driver was not
holding the critical task bit lock during i40evf_open, nor was it
holding it around the call to i40evf_up_complete() in
i40evf_reset_task().
We didn't hold the lock previously because calls to i40evf_down() would
take the bit lock directly, and this would have caused a deadlock.
To avoid this, we'll move the bit lock handling out of i40evf_down() and
into the callers of this function. Additionally, we'll now hold the bit
lock over the entire set of steps when going up or down, to ensure that
we remain consistent.
Ultimately this causes us to serialize the transitions between down and
up properly, and avoid changing status while we're resetting.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although not strictly necessary, it is customary to reverse the order in
which we release locks that we acquire. This helps preserve lock
ordering during future refactors, which can help avoid potential
deadlock situations.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Stop overloading the __I40EVF_IN_CRITICAL_TASK bit lock to protect the
mac_filter_list and vlan_filter_list. Instead, implement a spinlock to
protect these two lists, similar to how we protect the hash in the i40e
PF code.
Ensure that every place where we access the list uses the spinlock to
ensure consistency, and stop holding the critical section around blocks
of code which only need access to the macvlan filter lists.
This refactor helps simplify the locking behavior, and is necessary as
a future refactor to the __I40EVF_IN_CRITICAL_TASK would cause
a deadlock otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i40evf_reset_task we use netif_running() to determine whether or not
the device is currently up. This allows us to properly free queue memory
and shut down things before we request the hardware reset.
It turns out that we cannot be guaranteed of netif_running() returning
false until the device is fully up, as the kernel core code sets
__LINK_STATE_START prior to calling .ndo_open. Since we're not holding
the rtnl_lock(), it's possible that the driver's i40evf_open handler
function is currently being called while we're resetting.
We can't simply hold the rtnl_lock() while checking netif_running() as
this could cause a deadlock with the i40evf_open() function.
Additionally, we can't avoid the deadlock by holding the rtnl_lock()
over the whole reset path, as this essentially serializes all resets,
and can cause massive delays if we have multiple VFs on a system.
Instead, lets just check our own internal state __I40EVF_RUNNING state
field. This allows us to ensure that the state is correct and is only
set after we've finished bringing the device up.
Without this change we might free data structures about device queues
and other memory before they've been fully allocated.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Display some more stats that were already being counted, to help users
understand when priority xon/xoff packets are being sent/received
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-01-09
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Emil fixes an issue with "wake on LAN"(WoL) where we need to ensure we
enable the reception of multicast packets so that WoL works for IPv6
magic packets. Cleaned up code no longer needed with the update to
adaptive ITR.
Paul update the driver to advertise the highest capable link speed
when a module gets inserted. Also extended the displaying of firmware
version to include the iSCSI and OEM block in the EEPROM to better
identify firmware versions/images.
Tonghao Zhang cleans up a code comment that no longer applies since
InterruptThrottleRate has been removed from the driver.
Alex fixes SR-IOV and MACVLAN offload interaction, where the MACVLAN
offload was incorrectly configuring several filters with the wrong
pool value which resulted in MACLVAN interfaces not being able to
receive traffic that had to pass over the physical interface. Fixed
transmit hangs and dropped receive frames when the number of VFs
changed. Added support for RSS on MACVLAN pools for X550 devices.
Fixed up the MACVLAN limitations so we can now support 63 offloaded
devices. Cleaned up MACVLAN code that is no longer needed with the
recent changes and fixes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The l2 acceleration private pointer isn't needed in the ring struct. It
isn't really used anywhere other than to test and see if we are supporting
an offloaded macvlan netdev, and it is much easier to test netdev for not
being ixgbe based to verify that.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch simplifies the check for Tx pending traffic and makes it more
holistic as there being any difference between next_to_use and
next_to_clean is much more informative than if head and tail are equal, as
it is possible for us to either not update tail, or not be notified of
completed work in which case next_to_clean would not be equal to head.
In addition the simplification makes it so that we don't have to read
hardware which allows us to drop a number of variables that were previously
being used in the call.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change is a fix of the macvlan offload so that we correctly handle
macvlan offloaded devices. Specifically we were configuring our limits based
on the assumption that we were going to max out the RSS indices for every
mode. As a result when we went to 15 or more macvlan interfaces we were
forced into the 2 queue RSS mode on VFs even though they could have still
supported 4.
This change splits the logic up so that we limit either the total number of
macvlan instances if DCB is enabled, or limit the number of RSS queues used
per macvlan (instead of per pool) if SR-IOV is enabled. By doing this we
can make best use of the part.
In addition I have increased the maximum number of supported interfaces to
63 with one queue per offloaded interface as this more closely reflects the
actual values supported by the interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The num_rx_pools value is overwritten when we reinitialize the queue
configuration. In reality we shouldn't need to be updating the value since
it is redone every time we call into ixgbe_setup_tc so for now just drop
the spots where we were incrementing or decrementing the value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order for RSS to work on the macvlan pools of the X550 we need to
populate the MRQC, RETA, and RSS key values for each pool. This patch makes
it so that we now take care of that.
In addition I have dropped the macvlan specific configuration of psrtype
since it is redundant with the code that already exists for configuring
this value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the number of VFs are changed we need to reinitialize the part since the
offset for the device and the number of pools will be incorrect. Without
this change we can end up seeing Tx hangs and dropped Rx frames for
incoming traffic.
In addition we should drop the code that is arbitrarily changing the
default pool and queue configuration. Instead we should wait until the port
is reset and reconfigured via ixgbe_sriov_reinit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When SR-IOV was enabled the macvlan offload was configuring several filters
with the wrong pool value. This would result in the macvlan interfaces not
being able to receive traffic that had to pass over the physical interface.
To fix it wrap the pool argument in the VMDQ_P macro which will add the
necessary offset to get to the actual VMDq pool
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removed leftover assignment of xcast_mode.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The InterruptThrottleRate has been removed from ixgbe. Then Update
the comment.
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Extend FW version reporting by displaying information from the iSCSI
or OEM block in the EEPROM.
This will allow us to more accurately identify the FW.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On module insert advertise highest capable link speed. If module is
capable of 10G, then advertise 10G, else advertise modules capable
link speeds.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This enum is no longer needed after
commit: b4ded8327f ("ixgbe: Update adaptive ITR algorithm")
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously we only enabled the reception of multicast packets when
wake on multicast is set, but we also need this to allow waking with
IPv6 magic packets.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the more appropriate netdev_WARN_ONCE instead of WARN_ONCE macro.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i40e driver has a special "FDIR" RX-ring (I40E_VSI_FDIR) which is
a sideband channel for configuring/updating the flow director tables.
This (i40e_vsi_)type does not invoke XDP-ebpf code.
As suggested by Björn (V2): Instead of marking this I40E_VSI_FDIR RX-ring
a special case, reverse the logic and only select RX-rings of type
I40E_VSI_MAIN to register xdp_rxq_info's for.
Driver hook points for xdp_rxq_info:
* reg : i40e_setup_rx_descriptors (via i40e_vsi_setup_rx_resources)
* unreg: i40e_free_rx_resources (via i40e_vsi_free_rx_resources)
Tested on actual hardware with samples/bpf program.
V2: Fixed bug in i40e_set_ringparam (memset zero) + match on I40E_VSI_MAIN.
V4: Update patch desc that got out-of-sync with code.
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Cc: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-01-03
This series contains fixes for i40e and i40evf.
Amritha removes the UDP support for big buffer cloud filters since it is
not supported and having UDP enabled is a bug.
Alex fixes a bug in the __i40e_chk_linearize() which did not take into
account large (16K or larger) fragments that are split over 2 descriptors,
which could result in a transmit hang.
Jake fixes an issue where a devices own MAC address could be removed from
the unicast address list, so force a check on every address sync to ensure
removal does not happen.
Jiri Pirko fixes the return value when a filter configuration is not
supported, do not return "invalid" but return "not supported" so that
the core can react correctly.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When filter configuration is not supported, drivers should return
-EOPNOTSUPP so the core can react correctly.
Fixes: 2f4b411a3d ("i40e: Enable cloud filters via tc-flower")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some circumstances, such as with bridging, it is possible that the
stack will add a devices own MAC address to its unicast address list.
If, later, the stack deletes this address, then the i40e driver will
receive a request to remove this address.
The driver stores its current MAC address as part of the MAC/VLAN hash
array, since it is convenient and matches exactly how the hardware
expects to be told which traffic to receive.
This causes a problem, since for more devices, the MAC address is stored
separately, and requests to delete a unicast address should not have the
ability to remove the filter for the MAC address.
Fix this by forcing a check on every address sync to ensure we do not
remove the device address.
There is a very narrow possibility of a race between .set_mac and
.set_rx_mode, if we don't change netdev->dev_addr before updating our
internal MAC list in .set_mac. This might be possible if .set_rx_mode is
going to remove MAC "XYZ" from the list, at the same time as .set_mac
changes our dev_addr to MAC "XYZ", we might possibly queue a delete,
then an add in .set_mac, then queue a delete in .set_rx_mode's
dev_uc_sync and then update netdev->dev_addr. We can avoid this by
moving the copy into dev_addr prior to the changes to the MAC filter
list.
A similar race on the other side does not cause problems, as if we're
changing our MAC form A to B, and we race with .set_rx_mode, it could
queue a delete from A, we'd update our address, and allow the delete.
This seems like a race, but in reality we're about to queue a delete of
A anyways, so it would not cause any issues.
A race in the initialization code is unlikely because the netdevice has
not yet been fully initialized and the stack should not be adding or
removing addresses yet.
Note that we don't (yet) need similar code for the VF driver because it
does not make use of __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync, but instead roles
its own method for handling updates to the MAC/VLAN list, which already
has code to protect against removal of the hardware address.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original code for __i40e_chk_linearize didn't take into account the
fact that if a fragment is 16K in size or larger it has to be split over 2
descriptors and the smaller of those 2 descriptors will be on the trailing
edge of the transmit. As a result we can get into situations where we didn't
catch requests that could result in a Tx hang.
This patch takes care of that by subtracting the length of all but the
trailing edge of the stale fragment before we test for sum. By doing this
we can guarantee that we have all cases covered, including the case of a
fragment that spans multiple descriptors. We don't need to worry about
checking the inner portions of this since 12K is the maximum aligned DMA
size and that is larger than any MSS will ever be since the MTU limit for
jumbos is something on the order of 9K.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since UDP based filters are not supported via big buffer cloud
filters, remove UDP support. Also change a few return types to
indicate unsupported vs invalid configuration.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PCI pool API is deprecated. Replace the PCI pool old API by the
appropriate function with the DMA pool API.
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
e1000e_check_for_copper_link() and e1000_check_for_copper_link_ich8lan()
are the two functions that may be assigned to mac.ops.check_for_link when
phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_copper. Commit 19110cfbb3 ("e1000e:
Separate signaling for link check/link up") changed the meaning of the
return value of check_for_link for copper media but only adjusted the first
function. This patch adjusts the second function likewise.
Reported-by: Christian Hesse <list@eworm.de>
Reported-by: Gabriel C <nix.or.die@gmail.com>
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=198047
Fixes: 19110cfbb3 ("e1000e: Separate signaling for link check/link up")
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Tested-by: Christian Hesse <list@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding cloud filters could fail for a number of reasons,
unsupported filter fields for example, which fails during
validation of fields itself. This will not result in admin
command errors and converting the admin queue status to posix
error code using i40e_aq_rc_to_posix would result in incorrect
error values. If the failure was due to AQ error itself,
reporting that correctly is handled in the inner function.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a follow on to commit b10effb92e ("fix buffer overrun while the
I219 is processing DMA transactions") to address David Laights concerns
about the use of "magic" numbers. So define masks as well as add
additional code comments to give a better understanding of what needs to
be done to avoid a buffer overrun.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander H Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
sizeof when applied to a pointer typed expression gives the size of
the pointer.
The proper fix in this particular case is to code sizeof(*vfres)
instead of sizeof(vfres).
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A R Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original issue being fixed in this patch was seen with the ixgbe
driver, but the same issue exists with i40evf as well, as the code is
very similar. read_barrier_depends is not sufficient to ensure
loads following it are not speculatively loaded out of order
by the CPU, which can result in stale data being loaded, causing
potential system crashes.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original issue being fixed in this patch was seen with the ixgbe
driver, but the same issue exists with fm10k as well, as the code is
very similar. read_barrier_depends is not sufficient to ensure
loads following it are not speculatively loaded out of order
by the CPU, which can result in stale data being loaded, causing
potential system crashes.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original issue being fixed in this patch was seen with the ixgbe
driver, but the same issue exists with igb as well, as the code is
very similar. read_barrier_depends is not sufficient to ensure
loads following it are not speculatively loaded out of order
by the CPU, which can result in stale data being loaded, causing
potential system crashes.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original issue being fixed in this patch was seen with the ixgbe
driver, but the same issue exists with igbvf as well, as the code is
very similar. read_barrier_depends is not sufficient to ensure
loads following it are not speculatively loaded out of order
by the CPU, which can result in stale data being loaded, causing
potential system crashes.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original issue being fixed in this patch was seen with the ixgbe
driver, but the same issue exists with ixgbevf as well, as the code is
very similar. read_barrier_depends is not sufficient to ensure
loads following it are not speculatively loaded out of order
by the CPU, which can result in stale data being loaded, causing
potential system crashes.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original issue being fixed in this patch was seen with the ixgbe
driver, but the same issue exists with i40e as well, as the code is
very similar. read_barrier_depends is not sufficient to ensure
loads following it are not speculatively loaded out of order
by the CPU, which can result in stale data being loaded, causing
potential system crashes.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue seen on Power systems with ixgbe which results
in skb list corruption and an eventual kernel oops. The following is what
was observed:
CPU 1 CPU2
============================ ============================
1: ixgbe_xmit_frame_ring ixgbe_clean_tx_irq
2: first->skb = skb eop_desc = tx_buffer->next_to_watch
3: ixgbe_tx_map read_barrier_depends()
4: wmb check adapter written status bit
5: first->next_to_watch = tx_desc napi_consume_skb(tx_buffer->skb ..);
6: writel(i, tx_ring->tail);
The read_barrier_depends is insufficient to ensure that tx_buffer->skb does not
get loaded prior to tx_buffer->next_to_watch, which then results in loading
a stale skb pointer. This patch replaces the read_barrier_depends with
smp_rmb to ensure loads are ordered with respect to the load of
tx_buffer->next_to_watch.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After a reset we rebuild the VSIs which is going to clobber any
promiscuous settings we had before reset. This makes it so that we
restore the promiscuous settings we had before reset.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current method for notifying clients of l2 parameters is broken
because we fail to copy the new parameters to the client instance
struct, we need to do the notification before the client 'open' function
pointer gets called, and lastly we should set the l2 parameters when
first adding a client instance.
This patch first introduces the i40evf_client_get_params function to
prevent code duplication in the i40evf_client_add_instance and the
i40evf_notify_client_l2_params functions. We then fix the notify l2
params function to actually copy the parameters to client instance
struct and do the same in the *_add_instance' function. Lastly this
patch reorganizes the priority in which client tasks fire so that if the
flag for notifying l2 params is set, it will trigger before the open
because the client needs these new parameters as part of a client open
task.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch allows detection of upcoming core reset in case NIC gets
stuck while performing FLR reset. The i40e_pf_reset() function returns
I40E_ERR_NOT_READY when global reset was detected.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is safe to remove the upper limit of 64 queues on a channel
VSI. The upper bound is determined by the VSI's num_queue_pairs
and gets validated when the queue mapping info through mqprio
interface is subject to bound checking in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
num_mac should be increased only after the call to i40e_add_mac_filter().
Fixes: 5f527ba962 ("i40e: Limit the number of MAC and VLAN addresses that can be added for VFs")
Signed-off-by: Zijie Pan <zijie.pan@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit 96a39aed25 ("i40e: Acquire NVM lock before
reads on all devices") we've used the NVM lock
to synchronize NVM reads even on devices which don't strictly
need the lock.
Doing so can cause a regression on older firmware prior to 1.5,
especially when downgrading the firmware.
Fix this by only grabbing the lock if we're running on an X722
device (which requires the lock as it uses the AdminQ to read
the NVM), or if we're currently running 1.5 or newer firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Maintain the TCP retransmit queue using an rbtree, with 1GB
windows at 100Gb this really has become necessary. From Eric
Dumazet.
2) Multi-program support for cgroup+bpf, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Perform broadcast flooding in hardware in mv88e6xxx, from Andrew
Lunn.
4) Add meter action support to openvswitch, from Andy Zhou.
5) Add a data meta pointer for BPF accessible packets, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Namespace-ify almost all TCP sysctl knobs, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Turn on Broadcom Tags in b53 driver, from Florian Fainelli.
8) More work to move the RTNL mutex down, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add 'bpftool' utility, to help with bpf program introspection.
From Jakub Kicinski.
10) Add new 'cpumap' type for XDP_REDIRECT action, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
11) Support 'blocks' of transformations in the packet scheduler which
can span multiple network devices, from Jiri Pirko.
12) TC flower offload support in cxgb4, from Kumar Sanghvi.
13) Priority based stream scheduler for SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
14) Thunderbolt networking driver, from Amir Levy and Mika Westerberg.
15) Add RED qdisc offloadability, and use it in mlxsw driver. From
Nogah Frankel.
16) eBPF based device controller for cgroup v2, from Roman Gushchin.
17) Add some fundamental tracepoints for TCP, from Song Liu.
18) Remove garbage collection from ipv6 route layer, this is a
significant accomplishment. From Wei Wang.
19) Add multicast route offload support to mlxsw, from Yotam Gigi"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2177 commits)
tcp: highest_sack fix
geneve: fix fill_info when link down
bpf: fix lockdep splat
net: cdc_ncm: GetNtbFormat endian fix
openvswitch: meter: fix NULL pointer dereference in ovs_meter_cmd_reply_start
netem: remove unnecessary 64 bit modulus
netem: use 64 bit divide by rate
tcp: Namespace-ify sysctl_tcp_default_congestion_control
net: Protect iterations over net::fib_notifier_ops in fib_seq_sum()
ipv6: set all.accept_dad to 0 by default
uapi: fix linux/tls.h userspace compilation error
usbnet: ipheth: prevent TX queue timeouts when device not ready
vhost_net: conditionally enable tx polling
uapi: fix linux/rxrpc.h userspace compilation errors
net: stmmac: fix LPI transitioning for dwmac4
atm: horizon: Fix irq release error
net-sysfs: trigger netlink notification on ifalias change via sysfs
openvswitch: Using kfree_rcu() to simplify the code
openvswitch: Make local function ovs_nsh_key_attr_size() static
openvswitch: Fix return value check in ovs_meter_cmd_features()
...
Change TC_SETUP_CBS to TC_SETUP_QDISC_CBS to match the new convention..
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change TC_SETUP_MQPRIO to TC_SETUP_QDISC_MQPRIO to match the new
convention.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ndo_xdp is a control path callback for setting up XDP in the
driver. We can reuse it for other forms of communication
between the eBPF stack and the drivers. Rename the callback
and associated structures and definitions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were
introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter
if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block
callback which is called for rule insertion.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables tc-flower based hardware offloads. tc flower
filter provided by the kernel is configured as driver specific
cloud filter. The patch implements functions and admin queue
commands needed to support cloud filters in the driver and
adds cloud filters to configure these tc-flower filters.
The classification function of the filter is to direct matched
packets to a traffic class. The hardware traffic class is set
based on the the classid reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef.
Match Dst MAC and route to TC0:
prio 1 flower dst_mac 3c:fd:fe:a0:d6:70 skip_sw\
hw_tc 1
Match Dst IPv4,Dst Port and route to TC1:
prio 2 flower dst_ip 192.168.3.5/32\
ip_proto udp dst_port 25 skip_sw\
hw_tc 2
Match Dst IPv6,Dst Port and route to TC1:
prio 3 flower dst_ip fe8::200:1\
ip_proto udp dst_port 66 skip_sw\
hw_tc 2
Delete tc flower filter:
Example:
Flow Director Sideband is disabled while configuring cloud filters
via tc-flower and until any cloud filter exists.
Unsupported matches when cloud filters are added using enhanced
big buffer cloud filter mode of underlying switch include:
1. source port and source IP
2. Combined MAC address and IP fields.
3. Not specifying L4 port
These filter matches can however be used to redirect traffic to
the main VSI (tc 0) which does not require the enhanced big buffer
cloud filter support.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jingjing Wu <jingjing.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduce the cloud filter data structure and cleanup of cloud
filters associated with the device.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add new admin queue definitions and extended fields for cloud
filter support. Define big buffer for extended general fields
in Add/Remove Cloud filters command.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jingjing Wu <jingjing.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add definitions for L4 filters and switch modes based on cloud filters
modes and extend the set switch config command to include the
additional cloud filter mode.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add mapping of TCs with the seids of the channel VSIs. TC0
will be mapped to the main VSI seid and all other TCs are
mapped to the seid of the corresponding channel VSI.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This reverts commit 11f29003d6.
I am reverting this as I am fairly certain this can result in a memory leak
when combined with the current page recycling scheme. Specifically we end
up attempting to allocate fewer buffers than we recycled and this results
in us rewinding the next to alloc pointer which leads to leaks when we
overwrite the rx_buffer_info when processing the next frame.
Fixes: 11f29003d6 ("i40e/i40evf: bump tail only in multiples of 8")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Whether or not there are vectors_left, we only need to redistribute
our vectors if we didn't get as many as we requested. With the current
check, the code will try to redistribute even if we did in fact get all
the vectors we requested - this can happen when we have more CPUs than
we do vectors. This restores an earlier check to be sure we only
redistribute if we didn't get the full count we requested.
Fixes: 4ce20abc64 (i40e: fix MSI-X vector redistribution if hw limit is reached)
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A cleanup of the PM code left an incorrect #ifdef in place, leading
to a harmless build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:12223:12: error: 'i40e_resume' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:12185:12: error: 'i40e_suspend' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
It's easier to use __maybe_unused attributes here, since you
can't pick the wrong one.
Fixes: 0e5d3da400 ("i40e: use newer generic PM support instead of legacy PM callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for Credit-Based Shaper (CBS) qdisc offload
from Traffic Control system. This support enable us to leverage the
Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams (FQTSS) features
from Intel i210 Ethernet Controller. FQTSS is the former 802.1Qav
standard which was merged into 802.1Q in 2014. It enables traffic
prioritization and bandwidth reservation via the Credit-Based Shaper
which is implemented in hardware by i210 controller.
The patch introduces the igb_setup_tc() function which implements the
support for CBS qdisc hardware offload in the IGB driver. CBS offload
is the only traffic control offload supported by the driver at the
moment.
FQTSS transmission mode from i210 controller is automatically enabled
by the IGB driver when the CBS is enabled for the first hardware
queue. Likewise, FQTSS mode is automatically disabled when CBS is
disabled for the last hardware queue. Changing FQTSS mode requires NIC
reset.
FQTSS feature is supported by i210 controller only.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch updates the i40e driver to include programming descriptors in
the cleaned_count. Without this change it becomes possible for us to leak
memory as we don't trigger a large enough allocation when the time comes to
allocate new buffers and we end up overwriting a number of rx_buffers equal
to the number of programming descriptors we encountered.
Fixes: 0e626ff7cc ("i40e: Fix support for flow director programming status")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Anders K. Pedersen <akp@cohaesio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It looks like there was either a copy/paste error or just a typo that
resulted in the Tx ITR setting being used to determine if we were using
adaptive Rx interrupt moderation or not.
This patch fixes the typo.
Fixes: 65e87c0398 ("i40evf: support queue-specific settings for interrupt moderation")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a partial revert of "ixgbe: Don't bother clearing buffer
memory for descriptor rings". Specifically I messed up the exception
handling path a bit and this resulted in us incorrectly adding the count
back in when we didn't need to.
In order to make this simpler I am reverting most of the exception handling
path change and instead just replacing the bit that was handled by the
unmap_and_free call.
Fixes: ffed21bcee ("ixgbe: Don't bother clearing buffer memory for descriptor rings")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver cannot map a TX buffer, instead of rolling back
gracefully and retrying later, we currently get a panic:
[ 159.885994] igb 0000:00:00.0: TX DMA map failed
[ 159.886588] Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address ffff00000a08c7a8
...
[ 159.897031] PC is at igb_xmit_frame_ring+0x9c8/0xcb8
Fix the erroneous test that leads to this situation.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Philippe Brucker <jean-philippe.brucker@arm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently if the stat type is invalid then data[i] is being set
either by dereferencing a null pointer p, or it is reading from
an incorrect previous location if we had a valid stat type
previously. Fix this by skipping over the read of p on an invalid
stat type.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#113385 ("Explicit null dereferenced")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a race condition that can result into the interface being
up and carrier on, but with transmits disabled in the hardware.
The bug may show up by repeatedly IFF_DOWN+IFF_UP the interface, which
allows e1000_watchdog() interleave with e1000_down().
CPU x CPU y
--------------------------------------------------------------------
e1000_down():
netif_carrier_off()
e1000_watchdog():
if (carrier == off) {
netif_carrier_on();
enable_hw_transmit();
}
disable_hw_transmit();
e1000_watchdog():
/* carrier on, do nothing */
Signed-off-by: Vincenzo Maffione <v.maffione@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All drivers are converted to use block callbacks for TC_SETUP_CLS*.
So it is now safe to remove the calls to ndo_setup_tc from cls_*
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and
convert ndo_setup_tc calls for u32 offloads to block callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-17
This series contains updates to i40e and ethtool.
Alan provides most of the changes in this series which are mainly fixes
and cleanups. Renamed the ethtool "cmd" variable to "ks", since the new
ethtool API passes us ksettings structs instead of command structs.
Cleaned up an ifdef that was not accomplishing anything. Added function
header comments to provide better documentation. Fixed two issues in
i40e_get_link_ksettings(), by calling
ethtool_link_ksettings_zero_link_mode() to ensure the advertising and
link masks are cleared before we start setting bits. Cleaned up and fixed
code comments which were incorrect. Separated the setting of autoneg in
i40e_phy_types_to_ethtool() into its own conditional to clarify what PHYs
support and advertise autoneg, and makes it easier to add new PHY types in
the future. Added ethtool functionality to intersect two link masks
together to find the common ground between them. Overhauled i40e to
ensure that the new ethtool API macros are being used, instead of the
old ones. Fixed the usage of unsigned 64-bit division which is not
supported on all architectures.
Sudheer adds support for 25G Active Optical Cables (AOC) and Active Copper
Cables (ACC) PHY types.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Switches test of .data field to
.function, since .data will be going away.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 52eb1ff93e98 ("i40e: Add support setting TC max bandwidth rates")
and commit 1ea6f21ae530 ("i40e: Refactor VF BW rate limiting") add some
needed functionality for TC bandwidth rate limiting. Unfortunately they
introduce several usages of unsigned 64-bit division which needs to be
handled special by the kernel to support all architectures.
Fixes: 52eb1ff93e98 ("i40e: Add support setting TC max bandwidth
rates")
Fixes: 1ea6f21ae530 ("i40e: Refactor VF BW rate limiting")
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This finishes off the conversion to the new ethtool API by removing the
old macros being used in i40e_set_link_ksettings and replacing them with
shiny new ones.
This conversion also allows us to provide link speed support for new 25G
and 10G macros which is included here as well.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This variable isn't actually very descriptive and makes the code a bit
confusing as to what it is being used for. This patch enhances the
variable with the longer name, 'autoneg_changed', which makes it clear
we are concerned with autoneg changing in this context.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This removes references to old ethtool API macros and functions in
i40e_get_settings_link_up as part of the process of converting to the
new API. The new API also allows us to provide more explicit support
for new 25G and 10G PHY types so some of the PHY types have been
adjusted where necessary as well.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We are still largely using the old ethtool API macros. This is
problematic because eventually they will be removed and they only
support 32 bits of PHY types.
This overhauls i40e_phy_type_to_ethtool to use only the new API. Doing
this also allows us to provide much better support for newer 25G and 10G
PHY types which is included here as well.
The remaining usages of the old ethtool API will be addressed in other
patches in the series.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for 25G Active Optical Cables (AOC) and Active
Copper Cables (ACC) PHY types.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Malek <krzysztof.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This separates the setting of autoneg in i40e_phy_types_to_ethtool into
its own conditional. Doing this adds clarity as what PHYs
support/advertise autoneg and makes it easier to add new PHY types in
the future.
This also fixes an issue on devices with CRT_RETIMER where advertising
autoneg was being set, but supported autoneg was not.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's a number of minor incidental whitespace issues in this file.
This addresses most of the ones I could find.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Someone forgot a word in this comment and it's confusing without it.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function header erroneously listed 'phy_types' as a parameter. The
correct parameter is 'pf'.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fixes two issues in i40e_get_link_ksettings. It adds calls to
ethtool_link_ksettings_zero_link_mode to make sure advertising and
supported link masks are cleared before we start setting bits in them.
This also replaces some funky bit manipulations with a much nicer call
to ethtool_link_ksettings_del_link_mode when removing link modes.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Someone left this poor little function naked with no header. This
dresses it up in a proper function header it deserves.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This 'ifdef' doesn't accomplish anything so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After the switch to the new ethtool API, ethtool passes us
ethtool_ksettings structs instead of ethtool_command structs, however we
were still referring to them as 'cmd' variables. This renames them to
'ks' variables which makes the code easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When using 'ethtool -L' on a VF to change number of requested queues
from PF, we shouldn't trust the VF to reset itself after making the
request. Doing it that way opens the door for a potentially malicious
VF to do nasty things to the PF which should never be the case.
This makes it such that after VF makes a successful request, PF will
then reset the VF to institute required changes. Only if the request
fails will PF send a message back to VF letting it know the request was
unsuccessful.
Testing-hints:
There should be no real functional changes. This is simply hardening
against a potentially malicious VF.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When querying the NVM for supported phy_types, on some firmware
versions, we were failing to actually fill out the phy_types which means
ethtool wouldn't report any link types.
Testing-hints:
Check 'ethtool <iface>' if you have the right (wrong?) firmware.
Without this patch, no link modes will be reported.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't populate const array patterns on the stack, instead make it
static. Makes the object code smaller by over 60 bytes:
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
1953 496 0 2449 991 i40e_diag.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
1798 584 0 2382 94e i40e_diag.o
(gcc 6.3.0, x86-64)
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables setting up maximum Tx rates for the traffic
classes in i40e. The maximum rate is offloaded to the hardware through
the mqprio framework by specifying the mode option as 'channel' and
shaper option as 'bw_rlimit' and is configured for the VSI. Configuring
minimum Tx rate limit is not supported in the device. The minimum
usable value for Tx rate is 50Mbps.
Example:
# tc qdisc add dev eth0 root mqprio num_tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1\
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
# tc qdisc show dev eth0
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch refactors the BW rate limiting for Tx traffic
on the VF to be reused in the next patch for rate limiting Tx
traffic for the VSIs on the PF as well.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver is modified to enable the new mqprio hardware
offload mode and factor the TCs and queue configuration by
creating channel VSIs. In this mode, the priority to traffic
class mapping and the user specified queue ranges are used
to configure the traffic classes by setting the mode option to
'channel'.
Example:
map 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 3 queues 2@0 2@2 1@4 1@5\
hw 1 mode channel
qdisc mqprio 8038: root tc 4 map 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:1) (2:3) (4:4) (5:5)
mode:channel
shaper:dcb
The HW channels created are removed and all the queue configuration
is set to default when the qdisc is detached from the root of the
device.
This patch also disables setting up channels via ethtool (ethtool -L)
when the TCs are configured using mqprio scheduler.
The patch also limits setting ethtool Rx flow hash indirection
(ethtool -X eth0 equal N) to max queues configured via mqprio.
The Rx flow hash indirection input through ethtool should be
validated so that it is within in the queue range configured via
tc/mqprio. The bound checking is achieved by reporting the current
rss size to the kernel when queues are configured via mqprio.
Example:
map 0 0 0 1 0 2 3 0 queues 2@0 4@2 8@6 11@14\
hw 1 mode channel
Cannot set RX flow hash configuration: Invalid argument
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch sets up the infrastructure for offloading TCs and
queue configurations to the hardware by creating HW channels(VSI).
A new channel is created for each of the traffic class
configuration offloaded via mqprio framework except for the first TC
(TC0). TC0 for the main VSI is also reconfigured as per user provided
queue parameters. Queue counts that are not power-of-2 are handled by
reconfiguring RSS by reprogramming LUTs using the queue count value.
This patch also handles configuring the TX rings for the channels,
setting up the RX queue map for channel.
Also, the channels so created are removed and all the queue
configuration is set to default when the qdisc is detached from the
root of the device.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduce a macro for the bit setting the PF reset flag and
update its usages. This makes it easier to use this flag
in functions to be introduced in future without encountering
checkpatch issues related to alignment and line over 80
characters.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Check memory allocation failures and return -ENOMEM in such cases, as
already done for other memory allocations in this function.
This avoids NULL pointers dereference.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com
Acked-by: PJ Waskiewicz <peter.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
e1000e_put_txbuf() can be called from normal reclamation path as well as
when a DMA mapping failure, so we need to differentiate these two cases
when freeing SKBs to be drop monitor friendly. e1000e_tx_hwtstamp_work()
and e1000_remove() are processing TX timestamped SKBs and those should
not be accounted as drops either.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Devices that support FLAG2_DMA_BURST have different default values
for RDTR and RADV. Apply burst mode default settings only when no
explicit value was passed at module load.
The RDTR default is zero. If the module is loaded for low latency
operation with RxIntDelay=0, do not override this value with a burst
default of 32.
Move the decision to apply burst values earlier, where explicitly
initialized module variables can be distinguished from defaults.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Intel® 100/200 Series Chipset platforms reduced the round-trip
latency for the LAN Controller DMA accesses, causing in some high
performance cases a buffer overrun while the I219 LAN Connected
Device is processing the DMA transactions. I219LM and I219V devices
can fall into unrecovered Tx hang under very stressfully UDP traffic
and multiple reconnection of Ethernet cable. This Tx hang of the LAN
Controller is only recovered if the system is rebooted. Slightly slow
down DMA access by reducing the number of outstanding requests.
This workaround could have an impact on TCP traffic performance
on the platform. Disabling TSO eliminates performance loss for TCP
traffic without a noticeable impact on CPU performance.
Please, refer to I218/I219 specification update:
https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/embedded/products/networking/
ethernet-connection-i218-family-documentation.html
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When e1000e_poll() is not fast enough to keep up with incoming traffic, the
adapter (when operating in msix mode) raises the Other interrupt to signal
Receiver Overrun.
This is a double problem because 1) at the moment e1000_msix_other()
assumes that it is only called in case of Link Status Change and 2) if the
condition persists, the interrupt is repeatedly raised again in quick
succession.
Ideally we would configure the Other interrupt to not be raised in case of
receiver overrun but this doesn't seem possible on this adapter. Instead,
we handle the first part of the problem by reverting to the practice of
reading ICR in the other interrupt handler, like before commit 16ecba59bc
("e1000e: Do not read ICR in Other interrupt"). Thanks to commit
0a8047ac68 ("e1000e: Fix msi-x interrupt automask") which cleared IAME
from CTRL_EXT, reading ICR doesn't interfere with RxQ0, TxQ0 interrupts
anymore. We handle the second part of the problem by not re-enabling the
Other interrupt right away when there is overrun. Instead, we wait until
traffic subsides, napi polling mode is exited and interrupts are
re-enabled.
Reported-by: Lennart Sorensen <lsorense@csclub.uwaterloo.ca>
Fixes: 16ecba59bc ("e1000e: Do not read ICR in Other interrupt")
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Lennart reported the following race condition:
\ e1000_watchdog_task
\ e1000e_has_link
\ hw->mac.ops.check_for_link() === e1000e_check_for_copper_link
/* link is up */
mac->get_link_status = false;
/* interrupt */
\ e1000_msix_other
hw->mac.get_link_status = true;
link_active = !hw->mac.get_link_status
/* link_active is false, wrongly */
This problem arises because the single flag get_link_status is used to
signal two different states: link status needs checking and link status is
down.
Avoid the problem by using the return value of .check_for_link to signal
the link status to e1000e_has_link().
Reported-by: Lennart Sorensen <lsorense@csclub.uwaterloo.ca>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All the helpers return -E1000_ERR_PHY.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reading e1000e_check_for_copper_link() shows that get_link_status is set to
false after link has been detected. Therefore, it stays TRUE until then.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case of error from e1e_rphy(), the loop will exit early and "success"
will be set to true erroneously.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It looks like we weren't correctly placing the pages from buffers that had
been used to return a filter programming status back on the ring. As a
result they were being overwritten and tracking of the pages was lost.
This change works to correct that by incorporating part of
i40e_put_rx_buffer into the programming status handler code. As a result we
should now be correctly placing the pages for those buffers on the
re-allocation list instead of letting them stay in place.
Fixes: 0e626ff7cc ("i40e: Fix support for flow director programming status")
Reported-by: Anders K. Pedersen <akp@cohaesio.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Anders K Pedersen <akp@cohaesio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Caller needs to acquire the lock. Called functions will not.
Fixes: 09f79fd49d ("i40e: avoid NVM acquire deadlock during NVM update")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-09
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Jake fixes missed flag conversion from u64 to u32. Fixes a deafult ITR
value issue where the driver defaults to an ITR value of half the
expected value (in terms of minimum microseconds between interrupts). So
fix this by changing the default values to be calculated using the
ITR_REG_TO_USEC() macro which indicates that we are converting from the
register units into microseconds. Updates the drivers to bump the tail in
increments of 8 and double the number of descriptors we will bundle into
one tail bump when receiving. With the recent kernel support for
enabling XPS and QoS at the same time, we no longer need to worry about
the number of traffic classes when enabling XPS.
Lihong converts the use of hash_for_each() to hash_for_each_safe() to
safely remove a hash entry. Adds a check for the return value for
find_first_bit() in the case that it returns the size passed to search.
Alan fixes a bug in which filters are erroneously removed if they are
removed and then added again. So make sure that when adding a filter, if
we find it already existed in our list, make sure it is not marked to be
removed.
Jayaprakash adds the retrying of PHY reads when the I2C is busy for a
maximum period of 500ms.
Rami fixes code comment typo.
Stefano Brivio simplifies the code by removing the use of a local
return code variable and simply return the results of the read function.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a typo in i40e_vsi_alloc_arrays() documentation.
The first parameter name should be "vsi" instead of "type".
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The computed result of I40E_MAX_VSI_QP * I40E_VIRTCHNL_SUPPORTED_QTYPES
is used more than three times in function i40e_config_irq_link_list.
Simply declare a local variable to store it to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
- When the I2C is busy, the PHY reads are delayed. The firmware will
return EGAIN in these cases with an expectation that the SW will
trigger the reads again
- This patch retries the operation for a maximum period of 500ms
Signed-off-by: Jayaprakash Shanmugam <jayaprakash.shanmugam@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The find_first_bit function will return the size passed to search
if the first set bit is not found. This patch adds the check in case
that happens as the return value would be used as the index in an array
and that would have caused the out-of-bounds access.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID 1295969 Out-of-bounds access
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recently, the kernel gained support for enabling XPS and QoS at the
same time. Thus, we no longer need to worry about the number of
traffic classes when enabling XPS.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Double the number of descriptors we'll bundle into one tail bump when
receiving. Empirical testing has shown that we reduce CPU utilization
and don't appear to reduce throughput or packet rate. 32 seems to be the
sweet spot, as it's half the default polling budget, so we'd essentially
reduce from 4 tail writes when polling down to 2. Increasing this up to
64 appears to have negative impacts as it may become possible that we
don't bump the tail each time we get polled, which could cause a long
delay between returning descriptors to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware only fetches descriptors on cachelines of 8, essentially
ignoring the lower 3 bits of the tail register. Thus, it is pointless to
bump tail by an unaligned access as the hardware will ignore some of the
new descriptors we allocated. Thus, it's ideal if we can ensure tail
writes are always aligned to 8.
At first, it seems like we'd already do this, since we allocate
descriptors in batches which are a multiple of 8. Since we'd always
increment by a multiple of 8, it seems like the value should always be
aligned.
However, this ignores allocation failures. If we fail to allocate
a buffer, our tail register will become unaligned. Once it has become
unaligned it will essentially be stuck unaligned until a buffer
allocation happens to fail at the exact amount necessary to re-align it.
We can do better, by simply rounding down the number of buffers we're
about to allocate (cleaned_count) such that "next_to_clean
+ cleaned_count" is rounded to the nearest multiple of 8.
We do this by calculating how far off that value is and subtracting it
from the cleaned_count. This essentially defers allocation of buffers if
they're going to be ignored by hardware anyways, and re-aligns our
next_to_use and tail values after a failure to allocate a descriptor.
This calculation ensures that we always align the tail writes in a way
the hardware expects and don't unnecessarily allocate buffers which
won't be fetched immediately.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The lrxq thresh value tells hardware to immediately interrupt when there
are fewer than N*64 packets left in the ring.
Counter intuitively, empirical testing has shown that decreasing this
value from 2 to 1, and thus changing from an immediate interrupt at
fewer than 128 descriptors down to 64 descriptors causes a small
increase in the maximum total packets per second we can receive. This
increase occurs even when we're polling with interrupts masked, as the
hardware must still handle interrupts internally even if we've disabled
them in software.
Also reduce the value for any VFs we allocate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the past we changed driver behavior to not clear the PBA when
re-enabling interrupts. This change was motivated by the flawed belief
that clearing the PBA would cause a lost interrupt if a receive
interrupt occurred while interrupts were disabled.
According to empirical testing this isn't the case. Additionally, the
data sheet specifically says that we should set the CLEARPBA bit when
re-enabling interrupts in a polling setup.
This reverts commit 40d72a5098 ("i40e/i40evf: don't lose interrupts")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ITR register expects to be programmed in units of 2 microseconds.
Because of this, all of the drivers I40E_ITR_* constants are in terms of
this 2 microsecond register.
Unfortunately, the rx_itr_default value is expected to be programmed in
microseconds.
Effectively the driver defaults to an ITR value of half the expected
value (in terms of minimum microseconds between interrupts).
Fix this by changing the default values to be calculated using
ITR_REG_TO_USEC macro which indicates that we're converting from the
register units into microseconds.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to the asynchronous nature in which mac filters are added and
deleted, there exists a bug in which filters are erroneously removed if
removed then added again quickly.
The events are as such:
- filter marked for removal
- same filter is re-added before watchdog that cleans up filters
- we skip re-adding the filter because we have it already in the
list
- watchdog filter cleanup kicks off and filter is removed
So when we were re-adding the same filter, it didn't actually get added
because it already existed in the list, but was marked for removal and
had yet to actually be removed.
This patch fixes the issue by making sure that when adding a filter, if
we find it already existing in our list, make sure it is not marked to
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch replaces hash_for_each function with hash_for_each_safe
when calling __i40e_del_filter. The hash_for_each_safe function is
the right one to use when iterating over a hash table to safely remove
a hash entry. Otherwise, incorrect values may be read from freed memory.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID 1402048 Read from pointer after free
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we don't yet have more than 32 flags, we'll use a u32 for both the
hw_features and flag field. Should we gain more flags in the future, we
may need to convert to a u64 or separate flags out into two fields.
This was overlooked in the previous commit 2781de2134c4 ("i40e/i40evf:
organize and re-number feature flags"), where the feature flag was not
converted form u64 to u32.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case where AER recovery fails the device is left in a down state.
Consecutive AER error injection can lead to a double IRQ free.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The following change is meant to update the adaptive ITR algorithm to
better support the needs of the network. Specifically with this change what
I have done is make it so that our ITR algorithm will try to prevent either
starving a socket buffer for memory in the case of Tx, or overrunning an Rx
socket buffer on receive.
In addition a side effect of the calculations used is that we should
function better with new features such as XDP which can handle small
packets at high rates without needing to lock us into NAPI polling mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bits other than FWSM.PT can be set in IXGBE_SWFW_MODE_MASK making the
previous check invalid.
Change the check for MNG present to be only based on FWSM.PT bit.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is resolving Coverity hits where padding in a structure could
be used uninitialized.
- Initialize fwd_cmd.pad/2 before ixgbe_calculate_checksum()
- Initialize buffer.pad2/3 before ixgbe_hic_unlocked()
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver have page recycle scheme based around the RX-ring
queue, where a RX page is shared between two packets. Based on the
refcnt, the driver can determine if the RX-page is currently only used
by a single packet, if so it can then directly refill/recycle the
RX-slot by with the opposite "side" of the page.
While this is a clever trick, it is hard to determine when this
recycling is successful and when it fails. Adding a counter, which is
available via ethtool --statistics as 'alloc_rx_page'. Which counts
the number of times the recycle fails and the real page allocator is
invoked. When interpreting the stats, do remember that every alloc
will serve two packets.
The counter is collected per rx_ring, but is summed and ethtool
exported as 'alloc_rx_page'. It would be relevant to know what
rx_ring that cannot keep up, but that can be exported later if
someone experience a need for this.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit: fed21bcee7a5
("ixgbe: Don't bother clearing buffer memory for descriptor rings)
exposed some issues with the logic in the current implementation of
ixgbe_clean_test_rings() that are being addressed in this patch:
- Split the clearing of the Tx and Rx rings in separate loops. Previously
both Tx and Rx rings were cleared in a rx_desc->wb.upper.length based
loop which could lead to issues if for w/e reason packets were received
outside of the frames transmitted for the loopback test.
- Add check for IXGBE_TXD_STAT_DD to avoid clearing the rings if the
transmits have not comlpeted by the time we enter ixgbe_clean_test_rings()
- Exit early on ixgbe_check_lbtest_frame() failure.
This change fixes a crash during ethtool diagnostic (ethtool -t).
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ignoring errors when attempting to identify the PHY can lead to a crash.
Specifically in the case of FW controlled PHYs where the PHY read/write
operations are set to NULL.
Removed redundant comment.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Just like when the last VF is removed, we need to restore normal
operations after the last macvlan offload is removed, else we
get stuck in single queue operations.
To test:
ethtool -l eth1 # note the number of queues in use, ~= cpus
ethtool -K eth1 l2-fwd-offload on
ip link add mv1 link eth1 type macvlan mode bridge
ip link set dev mv1 up
ip link del mv1
ethtool -l eth1 # are we back to the same # of queues, or stuck on 1?
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Declare ixgbe_mac_operations structures as const as they are only stored
in the mac_ops field of ixgbe_info structure. This field is of type
const and therefore ixgbe_mac_operations structure can be made const
too.
Signed-off-by: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Added clearing of SW resource bits in the SW/FW synchronization
register to ixgbe_init_swfw_sync_X540().
Updated ixgbe_acquire_swfw_sync_X540 SW Manageability host interface
resource bit error case to match the error handling of the other SW
resource bits. Which is to release the SW resource bits if SW times
out while attempting to acquire the resource.
This allows the driver to load in cases where the semaphore bits
could be stuck after a reset or a crash.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Changing the TX ring parameters with an XDP program attached may
cause the XDP queues to be cleared and the TX rings to be incorrectly
configured.
Fix by doing correct ring accounting in setup call.
Fixes: 33fdc82f08 ("ixgbe: add support for XDP_TX action")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver use the compile check to determine if it can
send TLPs to Root Port with the Relaxed Ordering Attribute set,
this is too inconvenient, now the new flag PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_RELAXED_ORDERING
has been added to the kernel and we could check the bit4 in the PCIe
Device Control register to determine whether we should use the Relaxed
Ordering Attributes or not, so use this new way in the ixgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new flag PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_RELAXED_ORDERING has been added
to indicate that Relaxed Ordering Attributes (RO) should not
be used for Transaction Layer Packets (TLP) targeted toward
these affected Root Port, it will clear the bit4 in the PCIe
Device Control register, so the PCIe device drivers could
query PCIe configuration space to determine if it can send
TLPs to Root Port with the Relaxed Ordering Attributes set.
With this new flag we don't need the config ARCH_WANT_RELAX_ORDER
to control the Relaxed Ordering Attributes for the ixgbe drivers
just like the commit 1a8b6d76dc ("net:add one common config...") did,
so revert this commit.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In ixgbe_clear_udp_tunnel_port(), we read the IXGBE_VXLANCTRL register
and then try to mask some bits out of the value, using the logical
instead of bitwise and operator.
Fixes: a21d0822ff ("ixgbe: add support for geneve Rx offload")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In cases where PHY register access is not supported, don't mislead
a caller into thinking that it is supported by returning a PHY
address. Instead, return -EOPNOTSUPP when PHY access is not
supported.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we've reduced the number of flags, organize similar flags
together and re-number them accordingly.
Since we don't yet have more than 32 flags, we'll use a u32 for both the
hw_features and flag field. Should we gain more flags in the future, we
may need to convert to a u64 or separate flags out into two fields.
One alternative approach considered, but not implemented here, was to
use an enumeration for the flag variables, and create a macro
I40E_FLAG() which used string concatenation to generate BIT_ULL values.
This has the advantage of making the actual bit values compile-time
dynamic so that we do not need to worry about matching the order to the
bit value. However, this does produce a high level of code churn, and
makes it more difficult to read a dumped flags value when debugging.
Change-ID: I8653fff69453cd547d6fe98d29dfa9d8710387d1
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit 6a7fded776 ("i40e: Fix RS bit update in Tx path and
disable force WB workaround") we've tried to "optimize" setting the
RS bit based around skb->xmit_more. This same logic was refactored
in commit 1dc8b53879 ("i40e: Reorder logic for coalescing RS bits"),
but ultimately was not functionally changed.
Using skb->xmit_more in this way is incorrect, because in certain
circumstances we may see a large number of skbs in sequence with
xmit_more set. This leads to a performance loss as the hardware does not
writeback anything for those packets, which delays the time it takes for
us to respond to the stack transmit requests. This significantly impacts
UDP performance, especially when layered with multiple devices, such as
bonding, VLANs, and vnet setups.
This was not noticed until now because it is difficult to create a setup
which reproduces the issue. It was discovered in a UDP_STREAM test in
a VM, connected using a vnet device to a bridge, which is connected to
a bonded pair of X710 ports in active-backup mode with a VLAN. These
layered devices seem to compound the number of skbs transmitted at once
by the qdisc. Additionally, the problem can be masked by reducing the
ITR value.
Since the original commit does not provide strong justification for this
RS bit "optimization", revert to the previous behavior of setting the RS
bit every 4th packet.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent commit 809481484e5d ("i40e/i40evf: support for VF VLAN tag
stripping control") added support for VFs to negotiate the control of
VLAN tag stripping. This should have allowed VFs to disable the feature.
Unfortunately, the flag was set only in netdev->feature flags and not in
netdev->hw_features.
This ultimately causes the stack to assume that it cannot change the
flag, so it was unchangeable and marked as [fixed] in the ethtool -k
output.
Fix this by setting the feature in hw_features first, just as we do for
the PF code. This enables ethtool -K to disable the feature correctly,
and fully enables user control of the VLAN tag stripping feature.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previous implementation of LED set/get functions required to enter
PHY debug mode, in order to prevent access to it from FW and SW at
the same time. Reset of all ports was a unwanted side effect.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements the PCI error handler reset_prepare and reset_done.
This allows us to handle function level reset. Without this patch we
are unable to perform and recover from an FLR correctly and this will cause
VFs to be unable to recover from an FLR on the PF.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When there is no space for more flow director filters and user requested to
add a new one it is rejected by firmware and automatically removed from the
filter list maintained by driver. This behaviour is correct. Afterwards
existing filter can be removed making free slot for the new one. This
however causes the newly added filter to be accepted by firmware but
removed from driver filter list resulting in not showing after issuing
'ethtool -n <dev_name>'.
This happened due to not clearing the variable pf->fd_inv which stores
filter number to be removed from the list when firmware refused to add the
requested filter. It caused the filter with this specific ID to be
constantly removed once it was added to the list although it has been
accepted by firmware and effectively applied to the NIC.
It was fixed by clearing pf->fd_inv variable after removal of the filter
from the list when it was rejected by firmware.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch causes error message to be displayed when NIC detects
insertion of module that does not meet thermal requirements.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes some code that was accidentally added to
the wrong function with a merge error. Fixes: c53934c6d1
("i40e: fix: do not sleep in netdev_ops")
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When using set_bit and friends, we should be using actual
bitmaps, and fix all the locations where we might access
it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This register was defined incorrectly. Fix the increment value to 8, and
replace the iterator with _i to make the definition consistent with
other statistics registers.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since I40E_PHY_TYPE_MAX is used as an iterator, usually combined with
some sort of bit-shifting, it should only include actual PHY types and
not error cases. Move it up in the enum declaration so that loops only
iterate across valid PHY types.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Starting with XL710 FW 5.3 PTP L4 was disabled for XL710 due to a bug. The
bug has since been resolved in XL710 FW >6.0 and PTP L4 can now be
re-enabled on those devices with updated firmware.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, when setting up the IRQ for a q_vector, we set an affinity
hint based on the v_idx of that q_vector. Meaning a loop iterates on
v_idx, which is an incremental value, and the cpumask is created based
on this value.
This is a problem in systems with multiple logical CPUs per core (like in
simultaneous multithreading (SMT) scenarios). If we disable some logical
CPUs, by turning SMT off for example, we will end up with a sparse
cpu_online_mask, i.e., only the first CPU in a core is online, and
incremental filling in q_vector cpumask might lead to multiple offline
CPUs being assigned to q_vectors.
Example: if we have a system with 8 cores each one containing 8 logical
CPUs (SMT == 8 in this case), we have 64 CPUs in total. But if SMT is
disabled, only the 1st CPU in each core remains online, so the
cpu_online_mask in this case would have only 8 bits set, in a sparse way.
In general case, when SMT is off the cpu_online_mask has only C bits set:
0, 1*N, 2*N, ..., C*(N-1) where
C == # of cores;
N == # of logical CPUs per core.
In our example, only bits 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56 would be set.
Instead, we should only assign hints for CPUs which are online. Even
better, the kernel already provides a function, cpumask_local_spread()
which takes an index and returns a CPU, spreading the interrupts across
local NUMA nodes first, and then remote ones if necessary.
Since we generally have a 1:1 mapping between vectors and CPUs, there
is no real advantage to spreading vectors to local CPUs first. In order
to avoid mismatch of the default XPS hints, we'll pass -1 so that it
spreads across all CPUs without regard to the node locality.
Note that we don't need to change the q_vector->affinity_mask as this is
initialized to cpu_possible_mask, until an actual affinity is set and
then notified back to us.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
By default, our devices do source pruning, that is, they drop receive
packets that have the source MAC matching one of the receive filters.
Unfortunately, this breaks ARP monitoring in channel bonding, as the
bonding driver expects devices to receive ARPs containing their own
source address.
Add an ethtool private flag to control this feature.
Also, remove the netif_running() check when we process our private
flags. It's OK to reset when the device is closed and in most cases we
need the reset the apply these changes.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a typo in i40e_pf object documentation; num_req_vfs
refers to the number of VFs requested for the PF.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We've had support for setting both a minimum and maximum bandwidth via
.ndo_set_vf_bw since commit 883a9ccbae ("fm10k: Add support for SR-IOV
to driver", 2014-09-20).
Likely because we do not support minimum rates, the declaration
mis-ordered the "unused" parameter, which causes warnings when analyzed
with cppcheck.
Fix this warning by properly declaring the min_rate and max_rate
variables in the declaration and definition (rather than using
"unused"). Also rename "rate" to max_rate so as to clarify that we only
support setting the maximum rate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't hard code the function names in the diagnostic output when these
reset related routines fail. Instead, use %s and __func__ so that future
refactors don't need to change the print outs.
Additionally, while we are here, add missing function header comments
for the new reset_prepare and reset_done function handlers.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Correct the backward logic using !net_ratelimit()
Miscellanea:
o Add a blank line before the error return label
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we have a working MAC/VLAN queue for handling MAC/VLAN messages
from the netdev, replace the default handler for the VF<->PF messages.
This new handler is very similar to the default code, but uses the
MAC/VLAN queue instead of sending the message directly. Unfortunately we
can't easily re-use the default code, so we'll just replace the entire
function.
This ensures that a VF requesting a large number of VLANs or MAC
addresses does not start a reset cycle, as explained in the commit which
introduced the message queue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ngai-mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Under some circumstances, when dealing with a large number of MAC
address or VLAN updates at once, the fm10k driver, particularly the VFs
can overload the mailbox with too many messages at once.
This results in a mailbox timeout, which causes the driver to initiate
a reset. During the reset, we re-send all the same messages that
originally caused the timeout. This results in a cycle of resets each
triggering a future reset.
To fix or avoid this, we introduce a workqueue item which monitors
a queue of MAC and VLAN requests. These requests are queued to the end
of the list, and we process as a FIFO periodically.
Initially we only handle requests for the netdev, but we do handle
unicast MAC addresses, multicast MAC addresses, and update VLAN
requests.
A future patch will add support to use this queue for handling MAC
update requests from the VF<->PF mailbox.
The MAC/VLAN work item will keep checking to make sure that each request
does not overflow the mailbox and cause a timeout. If it might, then the
work item will reschedule itself a short time later. This avoids any
reset cycle, since we never send the message if the mailbox is not
ready.
As an alternative, we tried increasing the mailbox message FIFO, but
this just delays the problem and results in needless memory waste on the
system. Our new message queue is dynamically allocated so only uses as
much memory as it needs. Additionally, it need not be contiguous like
the Tx and Rx FIFOs.
Note that this patch chose to only create a queue for MAC and VLAN
messages, since these are the only messages sent in a large enough
volume to cause the reset loop. Other messages are very unlikely to
overflow the mailbox Tx FIFO so easily.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace the PCI specific legacy power management hooks with the new
generic power management hooks which work properly for both suspend and
hibernate. The new generic system is better and properly handles the
lower level PCIe power management rather than forcing the driver to
handle it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Lets not re-invent the locking wheel. Remove our bitlock and use
a proper spinlock instead.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we lose PCIe link, such as when an unannounced PFLR event occurs, or
when a device is surprise removed, we currently detach the device and
close the netdev. This unfortunately leaves a lot of things still
active, such as the msix_mbx_pf IRQ, and Tx/Rx resources.
This can cause problems because the register reads will return
potentially invalid values which may result in unknown driver behavior.
Begin the process of resetting using fm10k_prepare_for_reset(), much in
the same way as the suspend and resume cycle does. This will attempt to
shutdown as much as possible, in order to prevent possible issues.
A naive implementation for this has issues, because there are now
multiple flows calling the reset logic and setting a reset bit. This
would cause problems, because the "re-attach" routine might call
fm10k_handle_reset() prior to the reset actually finishing. Instead,
we'll add state bits to indicate which flow actually initiated the
reset.
For the general reset flow, we'll assume that if someone else is
resetting that we do not need to handle it at all, so it does not need
its own state bit. For the suspend case, we will simply issue a warning
indicating that we are attempting to recover from this case when
resuming.
For the detached subtask, we'll simply refuse to re-attach until we've
actually initiated a reset as part of that flow.
Finally, we'll stop attempting to manage the mailbox subtask when we're
detached, since there's nothing we can do if we don't have a PCIe
address.
Overall this produces a much cleaner shutdown and recovery cycle for
a PCIe surprise remove event.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-02
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Shannon Nelson fixes an issue where when a machine has more CPUs than
queue pairs, the counting gets a "little funky" and turns off Flow
Director. So to correct it, limit the number of LAN queues initially
allocated to be sure there are some left for Flow Director and other
features.
Lihong cleans up dead code by removing a condition check which cannot
ever be true.
Christophe Jaillet fixes a potential NULL pointer dereference, which
could happen if kzalloc() fails.
Filip corrects the reporting of supported link modes, which was incorrect
for some NICs. Added support for 'ethtool -m' command, which displays
information about QSFP+ modules.
Mariusz adds functions to read/write the LED registers to control the
LEDS, instead of accessing the registers directly whenever the LEDs
need to be controlled.
Jake fixes a regression where we introduced a scheduling while atomic,
so introduce a separate helper function which will manage its own need
for the mac_filter_hash_lock. Also cleaned up the "PF" parameter in
i40e_vc_disable_vf() since it is never used and is not needed. Fixed
a rare case where it is possible that a reset does not occur when
i40e_vc_disable_vf() is called, so modify i40e_reset_vf() to return a
bool to indicate whether it reset or not so that i40e_vc_disable_vf()
can wait until a reset actually occurs.
Alan adds the ability for the VF to request more or less underlying
allocated queues from the PF. Fixes the incorrect method for clearing
the vf_states variable with a NULL assignment, when we should be
using atomic bitops since we don't actually want to clear all the
flags. Fixed a resource leak, where the PF driver fails to inform
clients of a VF reset because we were incorrectly checking the
I40E_VF_STATE_PRE_ENABLE bit.
Mitch converts i40evf_map_rings_to_vectors() to a void function since
it cannot fail and allows us to clean up the checks for the function
return value.
Scott enables the driver(s) to pass traffic with VLAN tags using the
802.1ad Ethernet protocol.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable i40e to pass traffic with VLAN tags using the 802.1ad ethernet
protocol ID (0x88a8).
This requires NIC firmware providing version 1.7 of the API. With
older NIC firmware 802.1ad tagged packets will continue to be dropped.
No VLAN offloads nor RSS are supported for 802.1ad VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently there is a bug in which the PF driver fails to inform clients
of a VF reset which then causes clients to leak resources. The bug
exists because we were incorrectly checking the I40E_VF_STATE_PRE_ENABLE
bit.
When a VF is first init we go through a reset to initialize variables
and allocate resources but we don't want to inform clients of this first
reset since the client isn't fully enabled yet so we set a state bit
signifying we're in a "pre-enabled" client state. During the first
reset we should be clearing the bit, allowing all following resets to
notify the client of the reset when the bit is not set. This patch
fixes the issue by negating the 'test_and_clear_bit' check to accurately
reflect the behavior we want.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently we inappropriately clear the vf_states variable with a null
assignment. This is problematic because we should be using atomic
bitops on this variable and we don't actually want to clear all the
flags. We should just clear the ones we know we want to clear.
Additionally remove the I40E_VF_STATE_FCOEENA bit because it is no
longer being used.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function cannot fail, so why is it returning a value? And why are
we checking it? Why shouldn't we just make it void? Why is this commit
message made up of only questions?
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the VF gets a default number of allocated queues from HW on
init and it could choose to enable or disable those allocated queues.
This makes it such that the VF can request more or less underlying
allocated queues from the PF.
First the VF negotiates the number of queues it wants that can be
supported by the PF and if successful asks for a reset. During reset
the PF will reallocate the HW queues for the VF and will then remap the
new queues.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible although rare that we may not reset when
i40e_vc_disable_vf() is called. This can lead to some weird
circumstances with some values not being properly set. Modify
i40e_reset_vf() to return a code indicating whether it reset or not.
Now, i40e_vc_disable_vf() can wait until a reset actually occurs. If it
fails to free up within a reasonable time frame we'll display a warning
message.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace i40e_vc_notify_vf_reset and i40e_reset_vf with a call to
i40e_vc_disable_vf which does this exact thing. This matches similar
code patterns throughout the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It's never used, and the vf structure could get back to the PF if
necessary. Lets just drop the extra unneeded parameter.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we refactored handling of the PVID in commit 9af52f60b2
("i40e: use (add|rm)_vlan_all_mac helper functions when changing PVID")
we introduced a scheduling while atomic regression.
This occurred because we now held the spinlock across a call to
i40e_reset_vf(), which results in a usleep_range() call that triggers
a scheduling while atomic bug. This was rare as it only occurred if the
user configured a VLAN on a VF and also attempted to reconfigure the VF
from the host system with a port VLAN.
We do need to hold the lock while calling i40e_is_vsi_in_vlan(), but we
should not be holding it while we reset the VF.
We'll fix this by introducing a separate helper function
i40e_vsi_has_vlans which checks whether we have a PVID and whether the
VSI has configured VLANs. This helper function will manage its own need
for the mac_filter_hash_lock.
Then, we can move the acquiring of the spinlock until after we reset the
VF, which ensures that we do not sleep while holding the lock.
Using a separate function like this makes the code more clear and is
easier to read than attempting to release and re-acquire the spinlock
when we reset the VF.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of accessing register directly, use newly added AQC in
order to blink LEDs. Introduce and utilize a new flag to prevent
excessive API version checking.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for 'ethtool -m' command which displays
information about (Q)SFP+ module plugged into NIC's cage.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes incorrect reporting of supported link modes on some NICs.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If 'kzalloc()' fails, a NULL pointer will be dereferenced.
Return an error code (-ENOMEM) instead.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes the !vf condition check that cannot be
true in i40e_ndo_set_vf_trust function
Detected by CoverityScan, CID 1397531 Logically dead code
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a machine has more CPUs than queue pairs, e.g. 512 cores, the
counting gets a little funky and turns off Flow Director with the
message:
not enough queues for Flow Director. Flow Director feature is disabled
This patch limits the number of lan queues initially allocated to
be sure we have some left for FD and other features.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although very unlikely, it is possible that cancel_work_sync() may stop
the service_task before it actually started. In this case, the
__FM10K_SERVICE_SCHED bit will never be cleared. This results in the
service task being unable to reschedule in the future. Add a helper
function which sets the service disable bit, waits for the service task
to stop and clears the schedule bit, thus avoiding the race condition.
We know the schedule bit is safe to clear because the cancel_work_sync()
guarantees the service task is not running.
Add a helper function also to restart the service task, for symmetry.
This is not strictly needed but helps the mental model of how to stop
and start the service task.
This race could only happen in fm10k_suspend/fm10k_resume as this is the
only place where the service task is actually restarted. Thus,
suspend/resume testing would be ideal. However, note that the chance of
this happening is very slim as the service event is scheduled for
immediate execution, and you would have to trigger a suspend at almost
the exact same time as the service task was scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch needs these functions defined earlier in the file. Move
them closer to above where they will be called.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible that under rare circumstances the device is undergoing
a reset, such as when a PFLR occurs, and the device may be transmitting
simultaneously. In this case, we might attempt to divide by zero when
finding the proper r_idx. Instead, lets read the num_tx_queues once,
and make sure it's non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We've always had a really weird looping construction for resetting VFs.
We read the VFLRE register and reset the VF if the corresponding bit is
set, which makes sense. However we loop continuously until we no longer
have any bits left unset. At first this makes sense, as a sort of "keep
trying until we succeed" concept.
Unfortunately this causes a problem if we happen to surprise remove
while this code is executing, because in this case we'll always read all
1s for the VFLRE register. This results in a hard lockup on the CPU
because the loop will never terminate.
Because our own reset function will clear the VFLR event register
always, (except when we've lost PCIe link obviously) there is no real
reason to loop. In practice, we'll loop over once and find that no VFs
are pending anymore.
Lets just check once. Since we're clear the notification when we reset
there's no benefit to the loop. Additionally, there shouldn't be a race
as future VLFRE events should trigger an interrupt. Additionally, we
didn't warn or do anything in the looped case anyways.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We're doing a really convoluted bitshift and read for the PFVFLRE
register. Just reading the PFVFLRE(1), shifting it by 32, then reading
PFVFLRE(0) should be sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we load the driver, we set the last_reset to be in the future,
which delays the initial driver reset. Additionally, the service task
isn't scheduled to run automatically until the timer runs out. This
causes a needless delay of the first reset to begin talking to the
switch manager.
We can avoid this by simply not setting last_reset and immediately
scheduling the service task while in probe. This allows the device to
wake up faster, and avoids this delay.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Newer versions of GCC starting with 7 now additionally warn when a case
statement may fall through without an explicit comment mentioning it.
Add such a comment to silence the warning, as this is expected.
Unfortunately the comment must come directly before the next case
statement, so we put it outside the #ifdef. Otherwise, the compiler
cannot properly detect it and thus the warning is displayed regardless.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
New versions of GCC since version 7 began warning about possible
truncation of calls to snprintf. We can fix this and avoid false
positives. First, we should pass the full buffer size to snprintf,
because it guarantees a NULL character as part of its passed length, so
passing len-1 is simply wasting a byte of possible storage.
Second, if we make the ri and ti variables unsigned, the compiler is
able to correctly reason that the value never gets larger than 256, so
it doesn't need to warn about the full space required to print a signed
integer.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Newer versions of GCC since version 7 now warn when a case statement may
fall through without an explicit comment. "Fallthough" does not count as
it is misspelled. Fix the typos for these comments to appease the new
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In fm10k_get_host_state_generic, we check the mailbox tx_read() function
to ensure that the mailbox is still open. This function also checks to
make sure we have space to transmit another message. Unfortunately, if
we just recently sent a bunch of messages (such as enabling hundreds of
VLANs on a VF) this can result in a race where the watchdog task thinks
the link went down just because we haven't had time to process all these
messages yet.
Instead, lets just check whether the mailbox is still open. This ensures
that we don't race with the Tx FIFO, and we only link down once the
mailbox is not open.
This is safe, because if the FIFO fills up and we're unable to send
a message for too long, we'll end up triggering the timeout detection
which results in a reset. Additionally, since we still check to ensure
the mailbox state is OPEN, we'll transition to link down whenever the
mailbox closes as well.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Two single characters should be put into a sequence.
Thus use the corresponding function "seq_putc".
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we are handling PF<->VF mailbox messages, it is possible that the
VF will send us so many messages that the PF<->SM FIFO will fill up. In
this case, we stop the loop and wait until the service event is
rescheduled.
Normally this should happen due to an interrupt. But it is possible that
we don't get another interrupt for a while and it isn't until the
service timer actually reschedules us. Instead, simply reschedule
immediately which will cause the service event to be run again as soon
as we exit.
This ensures that we promptly handle all of the PF<->VF messages with
minimal delay, while still giving time for the SM mailbox to drain.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we process VF mailboxes, the driver is likely going to also queue
up messages to the switch manager. This process merely queues up the
FIFO, but doesn't actually begin the transmission process. Because we
hold the mailbox lock during this VF processing, the PF<->SM mailbox is
not getting processed at this time. Ensure that we actually process the
PF<->SM mailbox in between each PF<->VF mailbox.
This should ensure prompt transmission of the messages queued up after
each VF message is received and handled.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver now supports two different devices with two different
firmware versions. So be smart about how we handle these. Move the FW
version macros to the appropriate header file, and add a convenience
macro that checks the version based on the device. Then use this macro
to check whether or not the driver can use the new link info API.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the PF allocates a default number of queues for each VF and
cannot be changed. This patch enables the VF to request a different
number of queues allocated to it. This patch also adds a new virtchnl
op and capability flag to facilitate this negotiation.
After the PF receives a request message, it will set a requested number
of queues for that VF. Then when the VF resets, its VSI will get a new
number of queues allocated to it.
This is a best effort request and since we only allocate a guaranteed
default number, if the VF tries to ask for more than the guaranteed
number, there may not be enough in HW to accommodate it unless other
queues for other VFs are freed. It should also be noted decreasing the
number queues allocated to a VF to below the default will NOT enable the
allocation of more than 32 VFs per PF and will not free queues guaranteed
to each VF by default.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current implementation for mapping queues to vectors is broken
because it attempts to map each Tx and Rx ring to its own vector,
however we use combined queues so we should actually be mapping the
Tx/Rx rings together on one vector.
Also in the current implementation, in the case where we have more
queues than vectors, we attempt to group the queues together into
'chunks' and map each 'chunk' of queues to a vector. Chunking them
together would be more ideal if, and only if, we only had RSS because of
the way the hashing algorithm works but in the case of a future patch
that enables VF ADq, round robin assignment is better and still works
with RSS.
This patch resolves both those issues and simplifies the code needed to
accomplish this. Instead of treating the case where we have more queues
than vectors as special, if we notice our vector index is greater than
vectors, reset the vector index to zero and continue mapping. This
should ensure that in both cases, whether we have enough vectors for
each queue or not, the queues get appropriately mapped.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On some platforms with a large number of CPUs, we will allocate many IRQ
vectors. When hibernating, the system will attempt to migrate all of the
vectors back to CPU0 when shutting down all the other CPUs. It is
possible that we have so many vectors that it cannot re-assign them to
CPU0. This is even more likely if we have many devices installed in one
platform.
The end result is failure to hibernate, as it is not possible to
shutdown the CPUs. We can avoid this by disabling MSI-X and clearing our
interrupt scheme when the device is suspended. A more ideal solution
would be some method for the stack to properly handle this for all
drivers, rather than on a case-by-case basis for each driver to fix
itself.
However, until this more ideal solution exists, we can do our part and
shutdown our IRQs during suspend, which should allow systems with
a large number of CPUs to safely suspend or hibernate.
It may be worth investigating if we should shut down even further when
we suspend as it may make the path cleaner, but this was the minimum fix
for the hibernation issue mentioned here.
Testing-hints:
This affects systems with a large number of CPUs, and with multiple
devices enabled. Without this change, those platforms are unable to
hibernate at all.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although the service task does check the suspended status before
running, it might already be part way through running when we go to
suspend. Lets ensure that the service task is stopped and will not be
restarted again until we finish resuming. This ensures that service task
code does not cause strange interactions with the suspend/resume
handlers.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When handling suspend and resume callbacks we want to make sure that (a)
we don't suspend again if we're already suspended and (b) we don't
resume again if we're already resuming. Lets make sure we test_and_set
the __I40E_SUSPENDED bit in i40e_suspend which ensures that a suspend
call when already suspended will exit early. Additionally, if
__I40E_SUSPENDED is not set when we begin resuming, exit early as well.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Stop using the old legacy PM support, since we now have stable support
for the newer generic PM callbacks.
This has several advantages. First, we no longer have to manage our
own pci_save_state() and power changes, as it's preferred to have the
PCI stack do this. Second, these routines get called for both hibernate
and suspend to ram, so we can have the driver properly handle all the
suspend/resume flows that it needs to.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We currently (mis)use the __I40E_RECOVERY_PENDING bit to determine when
we should actually request a new IRQ in i40e_setup_misc_vector().
This led to a design mistake where we open-coded the re-setup of the
miscellaneous vector in i40e_resume() instead of using the function
provided. If we did not open-code this and instead tried to use the
i40e_setup_misc_vector() function, it would lead to never reallocating
the IRQ.
This would lead to a second i40e_suspend() call failing to free the
vector due to a NULL pointer dereference.
A future patch is going to re-work how the i40e_suspend() and
i40e_resume() flows work to clear all IRQ vectors, which would require
us to use i40e_setup_misc_vector() directly. Since during this time the
__I40E_RECOVERY_PENDING bit is set, we'll never re-allocate the vector.
Rather than leaving the open-coded setup in i40e_resume() lets just fix
the problem properly in i40e_setup_misc_vector().
Introduce a new state bit which indicates when the IRQ has been
assigned, which will be set when i40e_setup_misc_vector is first called.
This ultimately resolves the issue of re-requesting the vector, without
overloading the __I40E_RECOVERY_PENDING state. This ensures that the
suspend/resume cycle can use the setup function instead of open-coding
the re-request during resume.
Additionally, since the only callers of i40e_stop_misc_vector also want
to free it, move this code directly into the function to avoid
duplication. Due to the new functionality, rename it to
i40e_free_misc_vector().
This lets us drop the extra calls to free and re-enable the vector
during i40e_suspend() and i40e_resume(). We don't need to call
i40e_setup_misc_Vector() in i40e_resume() because it gets called by the
i40e_rebuild() call.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We see this message regularly on VF reset or unload (which invokes a
reset). It's essentially meaningless unless it's happening constantly.
To prevent consternation, lower the log level to debug so it's not seen
under normal circumstance.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
An errata with GLQF_PCNT causes it to not wrap as expected. This
can cause an error in flow director statistics. This patch resets
affected counters just after reading.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fortville and Fort Park devices are often on different firmware release
schedules. This change relaxes the minor version warning message,
so it is only displayed for older FW warning version for old
firmware Fortville 3 or earlier.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This commit replaces usage of vsi->back in i40e_print_link_message()
(which is actually a PF pointer) with temp variable.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_print_link_message() is intended to compare new
link state with current link state and print log message
only if the new state is different from current state.
However in current driver the new state does not get updated
when link is going down because of the if condition. When an
interface is brought down, vsi->state is set to I40E_VSI_DOWN
in i40e_vsi_close() and later i40e_print_link_message() does
not get invoked in i40e_link_event due to if condition. Hence
link down message doesn't appear when link is going down. The
down state is seen later during i40e_open() and old state
gets printed. The actual link state doesn't get updated in
i40e_close() or i40e_open() but when i40e_handle_link_event is
called inside i40e_clean_adminq_subtask.
This change allows i40e_print_link_message() to be called when
interface is going down and keeps the state information updated.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In current driver, when ifconfig ethx up is done, the link state
doesn't transition to UP inside i40e_open(). It changes after AQ
command response is handled in i40e_handle_link_event().
When pf->hw.phy.link_info.link_info is DOWN inside i40e_open(),
The state is transient and invalid. So log message gets printed
based on incorrect info (i.e link_info and an_info).
This commit removes check for unqualified module inside
i40e_up_complete(). The existing check in i40e_handle_link_event()
logs the error message based on correct link state information.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This value is not calculating bytes_per_int, which would actually just
be bytes/ITR_COUNTDOWN_START, but rather it's calculating bytes/usecs.
Rename the variable for clarity so that future developers understand
what the value is actually calculating.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement support for transferring XDP meta data into skb for
ixgbe driver; before calling into the program, xdp.data_meta points
to xdp.data, where on program return with pass verdict, we call
into skb_metadata_set().
We implement this for the default ixgbe_build_skb() variant. For the
ixgbe_construct_skb() that is used when legacy-rx buffer mananagement
mode is turned on via ethtool, I found that XDP gets 0 headroom, so
neither xdp_adjust_head() nor xdp_adjust_meta() can be used with this.
Just add a comment with explanation for this operating mode.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work enables generic transfer of metadata from XDP into skb. The
basic idea is that we can make use of the fact that the resulting skb
must be linear and already comes with a larger headroom for supporting
bpf_xdp_adjust_head(), which mangles xdp->data. Here, we base our work
on a similar principle and introduce a small helper bpf_xdp_adjust_meta()
for adjusting a new pointer called xdp->data_meta. Thus, the packet has
a flexible and programmable room for meta data, followed by the actual
packet data. struct xdp_buff is therefore laid out that we first point
to data_hard_start, then data_meta directly prepended to data followed
by data_end marking the end of packet. bpf_xdp_adjust_head() takes into
account whether we have meta data already prepended and if so, memmove()s
this along with the given offset provided there's enough room.
xdp->data_meta is optional and programs are not required to use it. The
rationale is that when we process the packet in XDP (e.g. as DoS filter),
we can push further meta data along with it for the XDP_PASS case, and
give the guarantee that a clsact ingress BPF program on the same device
can pick this up for further post-processing. Since we work with skb
there, we can also set skb->mark, skb->priority or other skb meta data
out of BPF, thus having this scratch space generic and programmable
allows for more flexibility than defining a direct 1:1 transfer of
potentially new XDP members into skb (it's also more efficient as we
don't need to initialize/handle each of such new members). The facility
also works together with GRO aggregation. The scratch space at the head
of the packet can be multiple of 4 byte up to 32 byte large. Drivers not
yet supporting xdp->data_meta can simply be set up with xdp->data_meta
as xdp->data + 1 as bpf_xdp_adjust_meta() will detect this and bail out,
such that the subsequent match against xdp->data for later access is
guaranteed to fail.
The verifier treats xdp->data_meta/xdp->data the same way as we treat
xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons. The requirement for doing
the compare against xdp->data is that it hasn't been modified from it's
original address we got from ctx access. It may have a range marking
already from prior successful xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons
though.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use *_pool_zalloc rather than *_pool_alloc followed by memset with 0.
Found by coccinelle spatch "api/alloc/pool_zalloc-simple.cocci"
Signed-off-by: Thomas Meyer <thomas@m3y3r.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-09-05
This series contains fixes for i40e only.
These two patches fix an issue where our nvmupdate tool does not work on RHEL 7.4
and newer kernels, in fact, the use of the nvmupdate tool on newer kernels can
cause the cards to be non-functional unless these patches are applied.
Anjali reworks the locking around accessing the NVM so that NVM acquire timeouts
do not occur which was causing the failed firmware updates.
Jake correctly updates the wb_desc when reading the NVM through the AdminQ.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When introducing the functions to read the NVM through the AdminQ, we
did not correctly mark the wb_desc.
Fixes: 7073f46e44 ("i40e: Add AQ commands for NVM Update for X722", 2015-06-05)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X722 devices use the AdminQ to access the NVM, and this requires taking
the AdminQ lock. Because of this, we lock the AdminQ during
i40e_read_nvm(), which is also called in places where the lock is
already held, such as the firmware update path which wants to lock once
and then unlock when finished after performing several tasks.
Although this should have only affected X722 devices, commit
96a39aed25 ("i40e: Acquire NVM lock before reads on all devices",
2016-12-02) added locking for all NVM reads, regardless of device
family.
This resulted in us accidentally causing NVM acquire timeouts on all
devices, causing failed firmware updates which left the eeprom in
a corrupt state.
Create unsafe non-locked variants of i40e_read_nvm_word and
i40e_read_nvm_buffer, __i40e_read_nvm_word and __i40e_read_nvm_buffer
respectively. These variants will not take the NVM lock and are expected
to only be called in places where the NVM lock is already held if
needed.
Since the only caller of i40e_read_nvm_buffer() was in such a path,
remove it entirely in favor of the unsafe version. If necessary we can
always add it back in the future.
Additionally, we now need to hold the NVM lock in i40e_validate_checksum
because the call to i40e_calc_nvm_checksum now assumes that the NVM lock
is held. We can further move the call to read I40E_SR_SW_CHECKSUM_WORD
up a bit so that we do not need to acquire the NVM lock twice.
This should resolve firmware updates and also fix potential raise that
could have caused the driver to report an invalid NVM checksum upon
driver load.
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Fixes: 96a39aed25 ("i40e: Acquire NVM lock before reads on all devices", 2016-12-02)
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The dynamic ITR algorithm depends on a calculation of usecs which
assumes that the interrupts have been firing constantly at the interrupt
throttle rate. This is not guaranteed because we could have a low packet
rate, or have been polling in software.
We'll estimate whether this is the case by using jiffies to determine if
we've been too long. If the time difference of jiffies is larger we are
guaranteed to have an incorrect calculation. If the time difference of
jiffies is smaller we might have been polling some but the difference
shouldn't affect the calculation too much.
This ensures that we don't get stuck in BULK latency during certain rare
situations where we receive bursts of packets that force us into NAPI
polling.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit c56625d597 ("i40e/i40evf: change dynamic interrupt
thresholds") a new higher latency ITR setting called I40E_ULTRA_LATENCY
was added with a cryptic comment about how it was meant for adjusting Rx
more aggressively when streaming small packets.
This mode was attempting to calculate packets per second and then kick
in when we have a huge number of small packets.
Unfortunately, the ULTRA setting was kicking in for workloads it wasn't
intended for including single-thread UDP_STREAM workloads.
This wasn't caught for a variety of reasons. First, the ip_defrag
routines were improved somewhat which makes the UDP_STREAM test still
reasonable at 10GbE, even when dropped down to 8k interrupts a second.
Additionally, some other obvious workloads appear to work fine, such
as TCP_STREAM.
The number 40k doesn't make sense for a number of reasons. First, we
absolutely can do more than 40k packets per second. Second, we calculate
the value inline in an integer, which sometimes can overflow resulting
in using incorrect values.
If we fix this overflow it makes it even more likely that we'll enter
ULTRA mode which is the opposite of what we want.
The ULTRA mode was added originally as a way to reduce CPU utilization
during a small packet workload where we weren't keeping up anyways. It
should never have been kicking in during these other workloads.
Given the issues outlined above, let's remove the ULTRA latency mode. If
necessary, a better solution to the CPU utilization issue for small
packet workloads will be added in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit 96db776a36 ("i40e/vf: fix interrupt affinity bug")
we added some code to force exit of polling in case we did
not have the correct CPU. This is important since it was possible for
the IRQ affinity to be changed while the CPU is pegged at 100%. This can
result in the polling routine being stuck on the wrong CPU until
traffic finally stops.
Unfortunately, the implementation, "if the CPU is correct, exit as
normal, otherwise, fall-through to the end-polling exit" is incredibly
confusing to reason about. In this case, the normal flow looks like the
exception, while the exception actually occurs far away from the if
statement and comment.
We recently discovered and fixed a bug in this code because we were
incorrectly initializing the affinity mask.
Re-write the code so that the exceptional case is handled at the check,
rather than having the logic be spread through the regular exit flow.
This does end up with minor code duplication, but the resulting code is
much easier to reason about.
The new logic is identical, but inverted. If we are running on a CPU not
in our affinity mask, we'll exit polling. However, the code flow is much
easier to understand.
Note that we don't actually have to check for MSI-X, because in the MSI
case we'll only have one q_vector, but its default affinity mask should
be correct as it includes all CPUs when it's initialized. Further, we
could at some point add code to setup the notifier for the non-MSI-X
case and enable this workaround for that case too, if desired, though
there isn't much gain since its unlikely to be the common case.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On older kernels a call to irq_set_affinity_hint does not guarantee that
the IRQ affinity will be set. If nothing else on the system sets the IRQ
affinity this can result in a bug in the i40e_napi_poll() routine where
we notice that our interrupt fired on the "wrong" CPU according to our
internal affinity_mask variable.
This results in a bug where we continuously tell NAPI to stop polling to
move the interrupt to a new CPU, but the CPU never changes because our
affinity mask does not match the actual mask setup for the IRQ.
The root problem is a mismatched affinity mask value. So lets initialize
the value to cpu_possible_mask instead. This ensures that prior to the
first time we get an IRQ affinity notification we'll have the mask set
to include every possible CPU.
We use cpu_possible_mask instead of cpu_online_mask since the former is
almost certainly never going to change, while the later might change
after we've made a copy.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we don't have MSI-X enabled, we handle interrupts on all icr0. This
is a special case, so let's move the conditional into
i40e_update_enable_itr() in order to make i40e_napi_poll easier to
read about.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit 3ffa037d7f ("i40e: Set XPS bit mask to zero in DCB mode")
we've tried to reset the XPS settings by building a custom
empty CPU mask.
This workaround is not necessary because we're not really removing the
XPS setting, but simply setting it so that no CPU is valid.
Second, we shorten the code further by using zalloc_cpumask_var instead
of a separate call to bitmap_zero().
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where an error return value is
set, but without an immediate exit, the value can be overwritten
by the following code execution. The condition at this point
is not fatal, so remove the error assignment and comment the
intent for future code maintainers
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch improves the system log message. The log message will
be expanded to include the FEC mode the FW requested before link
was established.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch gives VF capability to control VLAN tag stripping via
ethtool. As rx-vlan-offload was fixed before, now the VF is able to
change it using "ethtool --offload <IF> rxvlan on/off" settings.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In new versions of GCC since 7.x a new warning exists which warns when
a string is truncated before all of the format can be completed.
When we setup VMDQ netdev names we are copying a pre-existing interface
name which could be up to 15 characters in length. Since we also add
4 bytes, v, the literal %, the d and a \0 null, we would overrun the
available size unless snprintf truncated for us.
The snprintf call will of course truncate on the end, so lets instead
modify the code to force truncation of the copied netdev name by
4 characters, to create enough space for the 4 bytes we're adding.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The q_vector names are based on the interface name with a driver prefix,
the type of q_vector setup, and the queue number. We previously set the
size of this variable to IFNAMSIZ + 9, which is incorrect, because we
actually include a minimum of 14 characters extra beyond the interface
name size.
New versions of GCC since 7 include a new warning that detects this
possible truncation and complains. We can fix this by increasing the
size in case our interface name is too large to avoid truncation. We
don't need to go beyond 14 because the compiler is smart enough to
realize our values can never exceed size of 1. We do go up to 15 here
because possible future changes may increase the number of queues beyond
one digit.
While we are here, also change some variables to be unsigned (since they
are never negative) and stop using an extra unnecessary %s format
specifier.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Albeit, we usually set true promiscuous mode for both multicast and
unicast at the same time - however, it is possible to set it
individually, so using allmulti flag which is only for allmulticast might
caused unwanted behavior in mirroring egress traffic promiscuous for
unicast in VF.
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Increase the size of the prefix buffer so that it can hold enough
characters for every possible input. Although 20 is enough for all
expected inputs, it is possible for the values to be larger than
expected, resulting in a possibly truncated string. Additionally, lets
use sizeof(prefix) in order to ensure we use the correct size if we need
to change the array length in the future.
New versions of GCC starting at 7 now include warnings to prevent
truncation unless you handle the return code. At most 27 bytes can be
written here, so lets just increase the buffer size even if for all
expected hw->bus.* values we only needed 20.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Store information about FEC modes, that were requested. It will be used
in printing link status information function and this way there is no
need to call admin queue there.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During NVM update, state machine gets into unrecoverable state because
i40e_clean_adminq_subtask can get scheduled after the admin queue
command but before other state variables are updated. This causes
incorrect input to i40e_nvmupd_check_wait_event and state transitions
don't happen.
This fix updates the state variables so that adminq_subtask will have
accurate information whenever it gets scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During NVM update, state machine gets into unrecoverable state because
i40e_clean_adminq_subtask can get scheduled after the admin queue
command but before other state variables are updated. This causes
incorrect input to i40e_nvmupd_check_wait_event and state transitions
don't happen.
This issue existed before but surfaced after commit 373149fc99
("i40e: Decrease the scope of rtnl lock")
This fix adds locking around admin queue command and update of
state variables so that adminq_subtask will have accurate information
whenever it gets scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the driver allows the user to change (or even disable)
interrupt moderation if adaptive-rx/tx is enabled when this should
not be the case.
Adaptive RX/TX will not respect the user's ITR settings so
allowing the user to change it is weird. This bug would also
allow the user to disable interrupt moderation with adaptive-rx/tx
enabled which doesn't make much sense either.
This patch makes it such that if adaptive-rx/tx is enabled, the user
cannot make any manual adjustments to interrupt moderation. It also
makes it so that if ITR is disabled but adaptive-rx/tx is then
enabled, ITR will be re-enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
According to the header file cpumask.h, we shouldn't be directly copying
a cpumask_t, since its a bitmap and might not be copied correctly. Lets
use the provided cpumask_copy() function instead.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we're going to bother initializing a variable to reference it we might
as well use it.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current name of vf_offload_flags indicates that the bitmap is
limited to offload related features. Make this more generic by renaming
it to vf_cap_flags, which allows for other capabilities besides
offloading to be added.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i40e_vsi_add_vlan we treat attempting to add VID=0 as an error,
because it does not do what the caller might expect. We already special
case VID=0 in i40e_vlan_rx_add_vid so that we avoid this error when
adding the VLAN.
This special casing is necessary so that we do not add the VLAN=0 filter
since we don't want to stop receiving untagged traffic. Unfortunately,
not all callers of i40e_vsi_add_vlan are aware of this, including when
we add VLANs from a VF device.
Rather than special casing every single caller of i40e_vsi_add_vlan,
lets just move this check internally. This makes the code simpler
because the caller does not need to be aware of how VLAN=0 is special,
and we don't forget to add this check in new places.
This fixes a harmless error message displaying when adding a VLAN from
within a VF. The message was meaningless but there is no reason to
confuse end users and system administrators, and this is now avoided.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a user gives an invalid command to change a private flag which is
not supported, either because it is read-only, or the device is not
capable of the feature, we simply ignore the request.
A naive solution would simply be to report error codes when one of the
flags was not supported. However, this causes problems because it makes
the operation not atomic. If a user requests multiple private flags
together at once we could end up changing one before failing at the
second flag.
We can do a bit better if we instead update a temporary copy of the
flags variable in the loop, and then copy it into place after. If we
aren't careful this has the pitfall of potentially silently overwriting
any changes caused by other threads.
Avoid this by using cmpxchg64 which will compare and swap the flags
variable only if it currently matched the old value. We'll report
-EAGAIN in the (hopefully rare!) case where the cmpxchg64 fails.
This ensures that we can properly report when flags are not supported in
an atomic fashion without the risk of overwriting other threads changes.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem with the HW ATR eviction feature where the
NVM setting was incorrect. This patch detects the issue on X720
adapters and disables the feature if the NVM setting is incorrect.
Without this patch, HW ATR Evict feature does not work on broken NVMs
and is not detected either. If the HW ATR Evict feature is disabled
the SW Eviction feature will take effect.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit b499ffb0a2 ("i40e: Look up MAC address in Open Firmware
or IDPROM"), we've had support for obtaining the MAC address
form Open Firmware or IDPROM.
This code relied on sending the Open Firmware address directly to the
device firmware instead of relying on our MAC/VLAN filter list. Thus,
a work around was introduced in commit b1b15df592 ("i40e: Explicitly
write platform-specific mac address after PF reset")
We refactored the Open Firmware address enablement code in the ill-named
commit 41c4c2b50d ("i40e: allow look-up of MAC address from Open
Firmware or IDPROM")
Since this refactor, we no longer even set I40E_FLAG_PF_MAC. Further, we
don't need this work around, because we actually store the MAC address
as part of the MAC/VLAN filter hash. Thus, we will restore the address
correctly upon reset.
The refactor above failed to revert the workaround, so do that now.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The number of flags found in pf->flags has grown quite large, and there
are a lot of different types of flags. Most of the flags are simply
hardware features which are enabled on some firmware or some MAC types.
Other flags are dynamic run-time flags which enable or disable certain
features of the driver.
Separate these two types of flags into pf->hw_features and pf->flags.
The hw_features list will contain a set of features which are enabled at
init time. This will not contain toggles or otherwise dynamically
changing features. These flags should not need atomic protections, as
they will be set once during init and then be essentially read only.
Everything else will remain in the flags variable. These flags may be
modified at any time during run time. A future patch may wish to convert
these flags into set_bit/clear_bit/test_bit or similar approach to
ensure atomic correctness.
The I40E_FLAG_MFP_ENABLED flag may be a good fit for hw_features but
currently is used by ethtool in the private flags settings, and thus has
been left as part of flags.
Additionally, I40E_FLAG_DCB_CAPABLE may be a good fit for the
hw_features but this patch has not tried to untangle it yet.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X722 pf flag setup should happen before the VMDq RSS queue count is
initialized for VMDq VSI to get the right number of queues for RSS in
case of X722 devices.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently i40evf_close() can return before state transitions to
__I40EVF_DOWN because of the latency involved in processing and
receiving response from PF driver and scheduling of VF watchdog_task.
Due to this inconsistency an immediate call to i40evf_open() fails
because state is still DOWN_PENDING.
When a VF interface is in up state and we try to add it as slave,
The bonding driver calls dev_close() and dev_open() in short duration
resulting in dev_open returning error. The ifenslave command needs
to be run again for dev_open to succeed.
This fix ensures that watchdog timer is scheduled immediately after
admin queue operations are scheduled in i40evf_down(). In addition a
wait condition is added at the end of i40evf_close so that function
wont return when state is still DOWN_PENDING. The timeout value is
chosen after some profiling and includes some buffer.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that the kernel supports double VLAN tags, we should at least play
nice. Adjust the max packet size to account for two VLAN tags, not just
one.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For XDP_REDIRECT the use of return code -EINVAL is confusing, as it is
used in three different cases. (1) When the index or ifindex lookup
fails, and in the ixgbe driver (2) when link is down and (3) when XDP
have not been enabled.
The return code can be picked up by the tracepoint xdp:xdp_redirect
for diagnosing why XDP_REDIRECT isn't working. Thus, there is a need
different return codes to tell the issues apart.
I'm considering using a specific err-code scheme for XDP_REDIRECT
instead of using these errno codes.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use errno -ENOSPC ("No space left on device") when the XDP xmit
have no space left on the TX ring buffer, instead of -ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offending commit used a newly added helper function.
But the logic is wrong. Without this fix, the affected NICs
can't do HW offload. Error -EOPNOTSUPP will be returned directly.
Fixes: a2e8da9378 ("net/sched: use newly added classid identity helpers")
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking handle, which does not have the inner class
information and drivers wrongly assume clsact->egress as ingress, use
the newly introduced classid identification helpers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-08-08
This series contains updates to e1000e and igb/igbvf.
Gangfeng Huang fixes an issue with receive network flow classification,
where igb_nfc_filter_exit() was not being called in igb_down() which
would cause the filter tables to "fill up" if a user where to change
the adapter settings (such as speed) which requires a reset of the
adapter.
Cliff Spradlin fixes a timestamping issue, where igb was allowing requests
for hardware timestamping even if it was not configured for hardware
transmit timestamping.
Corinna Vinschen removes the error message that there was an "unexpected
SYS WRAP", when it is actually expected. So remove the message to not
confuse users.
Greg Edwards provides several patches for the mailbox interface between
the PF and VF drivers. Added a mailbox unlock method to be used to unlock
the PF/VF mailbox by the PF. Added a lock around the VF mailbox ops to
prevent the VF from sending another message while the PF is still
processing the previous message. Fixed a "scheduling while atomic" issue
by changing msleep() to mdelay().
Sasha adds support for the next LOM generations i219 (v8 & v9) which
will be available in the next Intel client platform IceLake.
John Linville adds support for a Broadcom PHY to the igb driver, since
there are designs out in the world which use the igb MAC and a third
party PHY. This allows the driver to load and function as expected on
these designs.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP offload conflict is dealt with by simply taking what is
in net-next where we have removed all of the UFO handling code
entirely.
The TCP conflict was a case of local variables in a function
being removed from both net and net-next.
In netvsc we had an assignment right next to where a missing
set of u64 stats sync object inits were added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The management port on an Edgecore AS7712-32 switch uses an igb MAC, but
it uses a BCM54616 PHY. Without a patch like this, loading the igb
module produces dmesg output like this:
[ 3.439125] igb: Copyright (c) 2007-2014 Intel Corporation.
[ 3.439866] igb: probe of 0000:00:14.0 failed with error -2
Signed-off-by: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fixes a "scheduling while atomic" splat seen with
CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP enabled.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Two of the VF mailbox commands were not waiting for a reply from the PF,
which can result in a VF mailbox timeout in the VM for the next command.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver assumes the VF will not send another mailbox message until
the PF has written its reply to the previous message. If the VF does,
that message will be silently dropped by the PF before it writes its
reply to the mailbox. This results in a VF mailbox timeout for posted
messages waiting for an ACK, and the VF is reset by the
igbvf_watchdog_task in the VM.
Add a lock around the VF mailbox ops to prevent the VF from sending
another message while the PF is still processing the previous one.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i219 (8) and i219 (9) are the next LOM generations that will be available
on the next Intel Client platform (IceLake).
This patch provides the initial support for these devices
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the PF receives a mailbox message from the VF, it grabs the mailbox
lock, reads the VF message from the mailbox, ACKs the message and drops
the lock.
While the PF is performing the action for the VF message, nothing
prevents another VF message from being posted to the mailbox. The
current code handles this condition by just dropping any new VF messages
without processing them. This results in a mailbox timeout in the VM
for posted messages waiting for an ACK, and the VF is reset by the
igbvf_watchdog_task in the VM.
Given the right sequence of VF messages and mailbox timeouts, this
condition can go on ad infinitum.
Modify the PF mailbox read method to take an 'unlock' argument that
optionally leaves the mailbox locked by the PF after reading the VF
message. This ensures another VF message is not posted to the mailbox
until after the PF has completed processing the VF message and written
its reply.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a mailbox unlock method to e1000_mbx_operations, which will be used
to unlock the PF/VF mailbox by the PF.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
TSAUXC.DisableSystime is never set, so SYSTIM runs into a SYS WRAP
every 1100 secs on 80580/i350/i354 (40 bit SYSTIM) and every 35000
secs on 80576 (45 bit SYSTIM).
This wrap event sets the TSICR.SysWrap bit unconditionally.
However, checking TSIM at interrupt time shows that this event does not
actually cause the interrupt. Rather, it's just bycatch while the
actual interrupt is caused by, for instance, TSICR.TXTS.
The conclusion is that the SYS WRAP is actually expected, so the
"unexpected SYS WRAP" message is entirely bogus and just helps to
confuse users. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Corinna Vinschen <vinschen@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Check return value from call to e1e_wphy(). This value is being
checked during previous calls to function e1e_wphy() and it seems
a check was missing here.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1226905
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A R Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Reviewed-by: Ethan Zhao <ethan.zhao@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
HW timestamping can only be requested for a packet if the NIC is first
setup via ioctl(SIOCSHWTSTAMP). If this step was skipped, then the igb
driver still allowed TX packets to request HW timestamping. In this
situation, the _IGB_PTP_TX_IN_PROGRESS flag was set and would never
clear. This prevented any future HW timestamping requests to succeed.
Fix this by checking that the NIC is configured for HW TX timestamping
before accepting a HW TX timestamping request.
Signed-off-by: Cliff Spradlin <cspradlin@google.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After add an ethertype filter, if user change the adapter speed several
times, the error "ethtool -N: etype filters are all used" is reported by
igb driver.
In older patch, function igb_nfc_filter_exit() and igb_nfc_filter_restore()
is not paried. igb_nfc_filter_restore() exist in igb_up(), but function
igb_nfc_filter_exit() is exist in __igb_close(). In the process of speed
changing, only igb_nfc_filter_restore() is called, it will take a position
of ethertype bitmap.
Reproduce steps:
Step 1: Add a etype filter by ethtool
$ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether proto 0x88F8 action 1
Step 2: Change the adapter speed to 100M/full duplex
$ethtool -s eth0 speed 100 duplex full
Step 3: Change the adapter speed to 1000M/full duplex
ethtool -s eth0 speed 1000 duplex full
Repeat step2 and step3, then dmesg the system log, you can find the error
message, add new ethtype filter is also failed.
This fixing is move igb_nfc_filter_exit() from __igb_close() to igb_down()
to make igb_nfc_filter_restore()/igb_nfc_filter_exit() is paired.
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container
and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly.
Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables
in cls_*.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the return value from -EINVAL to -EOPNOTSUPP. The rest of the
drivers have it like that, so be aligned.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let __ixgbe_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out
cls_u32 and mqprio specific codes into separate functions. Also change
the return values so they are the same as in the rest of the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the type is always present, push it to be a separate argument to
ndo_setup_tc. On the way, name the type enum and use it for arg type.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 32-bit hosts and with CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC we should be seeing a
lockdep splat indicating this seqcount is not correctly initialized, fix
that.
Fixes: 4197aa7bb8 ("ixgbevf: provide 64 bit statistics")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 32-bit hosts and with CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC we should be seeing a
lockdep splat indicating this seqcount is not correctly initialized, fix
that.
Fixes: 980e9b1186 ("i40e: Add support for 64 bit netstats")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-07-25
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Gustavo Silva fixes a variable assignment, where the incorrect variable
was being used to store the error parameter.
Carolyn provides a fix for a problem found in systems when entering S4
state, by ensuring that the misc vector's IRQ is disabled as well.
Jake removes the single-threaded restriction on the module workqueue,
which was causing issues with events such as CORER. Does some future
proofing, by changing how the driver displays the UDP tunnel type.
Paul adds a retry in releasing resources if the admin queue times out
during the first attempt to release the resources.
Jesse fixes up references to 32bit timspec, since there are a small set
of errors on 32 bit, so we need to be using the right calls for dealing
with timespec64 variables. Cleaned up code indentation and corrected
an "if" conditional check, as well as making the code flow more clear.
Cast or changed the types to remove warnings for comparing signed and
unsigned types. Adds missing includes in i40evf, which were being used
but were not being directly included.
Daniel Borkmann fixes i40e to fill the XDP prog_id with the id just like
other XDP enabled drivers, so that on dump we can retrieve the attached
program based on the id and dump BPF insns, opcodes, etc back to user
space.
Tushar Dave adds le32_to_cpu while evaluating the hardware descriptor
fields, since they are in little-endian format. Also removed
unnecessary "__packed" to a couple of i40evf structures.
Stefan Assmann fixes an issue when an administratively set MAC was set
and should now be switched back to 00:00:00:00:00:00, the pf_set_mac
flag is not being toggled back to false.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an administratively set MAC was previously set and should now be
switched back to 00:00:00:00:00:00 the pf_set_mac flag did not get
toggled back to false.
As a result VFs were still treated as if an administratively set MAC was
present.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is similar to 'commit 9588397d24 ("i40e: remove unnecessary
__packed")' to avoid unaligned access.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e hardware descriptor fields are in little-endian format. Driver
must use le32_to_cpu while evaluating these fields otherwise on
big-endian arch we end up evaluating incorrect values, cause errors
like:
i40evf 0000:03:0a.0: Expected response 24 from PF, received 402653184
i40evf 0000:03:0a.1: Expected response 7 from PF, received 117440512
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fill the XDP prog_id with the id just like we do in other XDP enabled
drivers such as ixgbe. This is needed so that on dump we can retrieve
the attached program based on the id, and dump BPF insns, opcodes, etc
back to user space. Only XDP driver missing this is currently i40e.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These includes were all being used in the driver, but weren't
being directly included.
Since the current advised method is to directly include anything
that you need, this implements that.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver attempts to display the UDP tunnel name by doing a check
against the type, where for non-zero types we use "vxlan" and for zero
type we use "geneve". This is not future proof, because if new tunnel
types get added, we'll incorrectly label them. It also depends on the
value of UDP_TUNNEL_TYPE_GENEVE == 0, which is brittle.
Instead, replace this with a function that can return a constant string
depending on the type. For now we'll use "unknown" for types we don't
know about, and we can expand this in the future if new types get added.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Compiler reported several places where driver compared
signed and unsigned types. Cast or change the types to remove
the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This just reorders some local vars and makes the code flow
clearer.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The compiler warned on an oddly indented bit of code, and when
investigating that, noted that the functions themselves had
an odd flow. The if condition was checked, and would exclude
a call to AQ, but then the aq_ret would be checked unconditionally
which just looks really weird, and is likely to cause objections.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As it turns out there was only a small set of errors
on 32 bit, and we just needed to be using the right calls
for dealing with timespec64 variables.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are some rare cases where the release resource call will return an
admin Q timeout. In these cases the code needs to try to release the
resource again until it succeeds or it times out.
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During certain events such as a CORER, multiple devices will run a work
task to handle some cleanup. This can cause issues due to
a single-threaded workqueue which can mean that a device doesn't cleanup
in time. Prevent this by removing the single-threaded restriction on the
module workqueue. This avoids the need to add more complex yielding
logic in our service task routine. This is also similar to what other
drivers such as fm10k do.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem found in systems when entering
S4 state. This patch fixes the problem by ensuring that
the misc vector's IRQ is disabled as well. Without this
patch a stack trace can be seen upon entering S4 state.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix incorrect variable assignment.
Based on line 1511: aq_ret = I40_ERR_PARAM; the correct variable to be
used in this instance is aq_ret instead of ret. Also, variable ret is
updated at line 1602 just before return, so assigning a value to this
variable in this code block is useless.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1397693
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A R Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flow control autonegotiation is not supported for XFI. Make sure that
ixgbe_device_supports_autoneg_fc() returns false and
hw->fc.disable_fc_autoneg is set to true to avoid running the fc_autoneg
function for that device.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flow control autonegotiation is not supported for fiber on X553. Add
device ID checks in ixgbe_device_supports_autoneg_fc() to return the
appropriate value.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The MAC register NW_MNG_IF_SEL fields have been redefined for
X553. These changes impact the iXFI driver code flow. Since iXFI is
only supported in X552, add MAC checks for iXFI flows.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Enable LASI interrupts on X552 devices in order to receive notifications of
link configurations of the external PHY and support the configuration of
the internal iXFI link since iXFI does not support auto-negotiation. This
is not required for X553 devices; add a check to avoid enabling LASI
interrupts for X553 devices.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a check to ensure that adding the MAC filter was
successful before setting the MACVLAN. If it was unsuccessful, propagate
the error.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For performance reasons we want to avoid updating the tail pointer in
the driver tx ring as much as possible. To accomplish this we add
batching support to the redirect path in XDP.
This adds another ndo op "xdp_flush" that is used to inform the driver
that it should bump the tail pointer on the TX ring.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a trace event for xdp redirect which may help when debugging
XDP programs that use redirect bpf commands.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are optimizations we can add after the basic feature is
enabled. But, for now keep the patch simple.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tx_rings and rx_rings are cleaned up on close paths in ixgbe driver
however, xdp_rings are not. Set the xdp_rings to NULL here so that
we can use the pointer to indicate if the XDP rings are initialized.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pci_error_handlers->reset_notify() method had a flag to indicate
whether to prepare for or clean up after a reset. The prepare and done
cases have no shared functionality whatsoever, so split them into separate
methods.
[bhelgaas: changelog, update locking comments]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170601111039.8913-3-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
We recently refactored i40e_do_reset() and its friends to be able to
hold the RTNL lock only for the portions that actually need to be
protected. However, a separate refactoring added several new callers of
these functions during the PCIe error recovery and suspend/resume
cycles.
When merging the changes together, it was not noticed that we could
reduce the RTNL scope by letting the reset function handle the lock
itself, as previously it was not possible.
Fix this by replacing these call sites to indicate that the reset
function should handle its own lock. This enables multiple PFs to reset
or resume simultaneously without serializing the resets via the RTNL
lock. The end result is that on systems with lots of PFs and VFs the
resets don't stall waiting for each other to finish.
It is probable that we can also do the same for i40e_do_reset_safe, but
this author did not research that change carefully enough to be
confident.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When IWARP is enabled, we weren't clearing the PE_CRITERR, just logging
it and removing it from the mask. We need to do a corer to reset the
PE_CRITERR register, so set the bit for that as we handle the
interrupt.
We should also be checking for the error against the PFINT_ICR0 register,
and only need to clear it in the value getting written to
PFINT_ICR0_ENA.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When disabling interrupts, we should only be clearing the CAUSE_ENA bit,
not clearing the whole register. Clearing the whole register sets the
NEXTQ_IDX field to 0 instead of 0x7ff which can confuse the Firmware in
some reset sequences.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which the driver does not correctly exit overflow
promiscuous mode. This can occur if "too many" mac filters are added,
putting the driver into overflow promiscuous mode, and the filters are
then removed. When the failed filters are removed, the driver reports
exiting overflow promiscuous mode which is correct, however traffic
continues to be received as if in promiscuous mode still.
The bug occurs because the conditional for toggling promiscuous mode was
set to only execute when promiscuous mode was enabled and not when it
was disabled as well. This patch fixes the conditional to correctly
execute when promiscuous mode is toggled and not just enabled. Without
this patch, the driver is unable to correctly exit overflow promiscuous
mode.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for OEM firmware version. If OEM specific
adapter is detected ethtool reports OEM product version in firmware
version string instead of etrack id.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Partition bandwidth control is not in just one form of MFP (multi-function
partitioning), so make the code more generic and be sure to nudge the Tx
scheduler for all MFP.
Copyright updated to 2017.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a check and message if the device is in
MFP mode as changing RSS input set is not supported in
MFP mode.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Changes parsing of FW 4.33 AQ command Get CEE DCBX OPER CFG (0x0A07).
Change is required because FW now creates the oper_prio_tc
nibbles reversed from those in the CEE Priority Group sub-TLV.
This change will only apply to FW 4.33 as future FW versions will use a
different function to parse the CEE data.
Signed-off-by: Greg Bowers <gregory.j.bowers@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a fix for the static code analysis issue where dcbcfg->numapps
could be greater than size of array (i.e dcbcfg->app[I40E_DCBX_MAX_APPS]).
The fix makes sure that the array is not accessed past the size of
of the array (i.e. I40E_DCBX_MAX_APPS).
Copyright updated to 2017.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The firmware expects the port number passed when setting up
the UDP tunnel configuration to be in Little Endian format.
The i40e_aq_add_udp_tunnel command byte swaps the value from
host order to Little Endian.
Since commit fe0b0cd97b ("i40e: send correct port number to
AdminQ when enabling UDP tunnels") we've correctly
sent the value in host order.
Let's also add a comment to the function explaining that it must
be in host order, as the port numbers are commonly stored as Big
Endian values.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When searching for the vf_capability client routine, dev_info() was
used, instead of the normal dev_dbg(). This causes the message to be
displayed at standard log levels which can cause administrators to
worry. Avoid this by using dev_dbg instead.
Copyright updated to 2017.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update a few flags related to FW interactions.
Copyright updated to 2017.
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The variable num_active_queues represents the number of active queues we
have for the device. We assign this pretty early in i40evf_init_subtask.
Several code locations are written with loops over the tx_rings and
rx_rings structures, which don't get allocated until
i40evf_alloc_queues, and which get freed by i40evf_free_queues.
These call sites were written under the assumption that tx_rings and
rx_rings would always be allocated at least when num_active_queues is
non-zero.
Lets fix this by moving the assignment into the function where we
allocate queues. We'll use a temporary variable for storage so that we
don't assign the value in the adapter structure until after the rings
have been set up.
Finally, when we free the queues, we'll clear the value to ensure that
we do not loop over the rings memory that no longer exists.
This resolves a possible NULL pointer dereference in
i40evf_get_ethtool_stats which could occur if the VF fails to recover
from a reset, and then a user requests statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds proper XDP_TX action support. For each Tx ring, an
additional XDP Tx ring is allocated and setup. This version does the
DMA mapping in the fast-path, which will penalize performance for
IOMMU enabled systems. Further, debugfs support is not wired up for
the XDP Tx rings.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This commit adds basic XDP support for i40e derived NICs. All XDP
actions will end up in XDP_DROP.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support to ixgbe to report bpf_prog ID during XDP_QUERY_PROG.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems like a historic accident that these return unsigned char *,
and in many places that means casts are required, more often than not.
Make these functions (skb_put, __skb_put and pskb_put) return void *
and remove all the casts across the tree, adding a (u8 *) cast only
where the unsigned char pointer was used directly, all done with the
following spatch:
@@
expression SKB, LEN;
typedef u8;
identifier fn = { skb_put, __skb_put };
@@
- *(fn(SKB, LEN))
+ *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN)
@@
expression E, SKB, LEN;
identifier fn = { skb_put, __skb_put };
type T;
@@
- E = ((T *)(fn(SKB, LEN)))
+ E = fn(SKB, LEN)
which actually doesn't cover pskb_put since there are only three
users overall.
A handful of stragglers were converted manually, notably a macro in
drivers/isdn/i4l/isdn_bsdcomp.c and, oddly enough, one of the many
instances in net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c. In the former file, I also
had to fix one whitespace problem spatch introduced.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A common pattern with skb_put() is to just want to memcpy()
some data into the new space, introduce skb_put_data() for
this.
An spatch similar to the one for skb_put_zero() converts many
of the places using it:
@@
identifier p, p2;
expression len, skb, data;
type t, t2;
@@
(
-p = skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
|
-p = (t)skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, len);
|
-memcpy(p, data, len);
)
@@
type t, t2;
identifier p, p2;
expression skb, data;
@@
t *p;
...
(
-p = skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
|
-p = (t *)skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, sizeof(*p));
|
-memcpy(p, data, sizeof(*p));
)
@@
expression skb, len, data;
@@
-memcpy(skb_put(skb, len), data, len);
+skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
(again, manually post-processed to retain some comments)
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver may sleep under a spin lock, and the function call path is:
i40e_ndo_set_vf_port_vlan (acquire the lock by spin_lock_bh)
i40e_vsi_remove_pvid
i40e_vlan_stripping_disable
i40e_aq_update_vsi_params
i40e_asq_send_command
mutex_lock --> may sleep
To fixed it, the spin lock is released before "i40e_vsi_remove_pvid", and
the lock is acquired again after this function.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We call pci_set_drvdata immediately after calling register_netdev,
which leaves a window where tasks writing to the sriov_numvfs sysfs
attribute can sneak in and crash the kernel. register_netdev cleans
up after itself so placing pci_set_drvdata immediately before it
should preserve the intent of commit 0fb6a55cc3 ("ixgbe: fix crash
on rmmod after probe fail").
Fixes: 0fb6a55cc3 ("ixgbe: fix crash on rmmod after probe fail")
Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
cppcheck warns that the format string is incorrect in the function
ixgbe_get_strings(). Since the value cannot be negative, change the
variable to unsigned which matches the format specifier.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgbe_write_qde() was ignoring the qde parameter which resulted
in PFQDE.HIDE_VLAN not being set for X550.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbevf version number.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbe version number.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver has logic to handle only one Tx timestamp at a time,
using a state bit lock to avoid multiple requests at once.
It may be possible, if incredibly unlikely, that a Tx timestamp event is
requested but never completes. Since we use an interrupt scheme to
determine when the Tx timestamp occurred we would never clear the state
bit in this case.
Add an ixgbe_ptp_tx_hang() function similar to the already existing
ixgbe_ptp_rx_hang() function. This function runs in the watchdog routine
and makes sure we eventually recover from this case instead of
permanently disabling Tx timestamps.
Note: there is no currently known way to cause this without hacking the
driver code to force it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver can only handle one Tx timestamp request at a time.
This means it is possible for an application timestamp request to be
ignored.
There is no easy way for an administrator to determine if this occurred.
Add a new statistic which tracks this, tx_hwtstamp_skipped.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver uses a state bit lock to avoid handling more than one Tx
timestamp request at once. This is required because hardware is limited
to a single set of registers for Tx timestamps.
The state bit lock is not properly cleaned up during
ixgbe_xmit_frame_ring() if the transmit fails such as due to DMA or TSO
failure. In some hardware this results in blocking timestamps until the
service task times out. In other hardware this results in a permanent
lock of the timestamp bit because we never receive an interrupt
indicating the timestamp occurred, since indeed the packet was never
transmitted.
Fix this by checking for DMA and TSO errors in ixgbe_xmit_frame_ring() and
properly cleaning up after ourselves when these occur.
Reported-by: Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware related to the ixgbe driver is limited to handling a single Tx
timestamp request at a time. Thus, the driver ignores requests for Tx
timestamp while waiting for the current request to finish. It uses
a state bit lock which enforces that only one timestamp request is
honored at a time.
Unfortunately this suffers from a simple race condition. The bit lock is
not cleared until after skb_tstamp_tx() is called notifying applications
of a new Tx timestamp. Even a well behaved application sending only one
packet at a time and waiting for a response can wake up and send a new
packet before the bit lock is cleared. This results in needlessly
dropping some Tx timestamp requests.
We can fix this by unlocking the state bit as soon as we read the
Timestamp register, as this is the first point at which it is safe to
unlock.
To avoid issues with the skb pointer, we'll use a copy of the pointer
and set the global variable in the driver structure to NULL first. This
ensures that the next timestamp request does not modify our local copy
of the skb pointer.
This ensures that well behaved applications do not accidentally race
with the unlock bit. Obviously an application which sends multiple Tx
timestamp requests at once will still only timestamp one packet at
a time. Unfortunately there is nothing we can do about this.
Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent commit to refactor the driver and remove the hw_disabled_flags
field accidentally introduced two regressions. First, we overwrote
pf->flags which removed various key flags including the MSI-X settings.
Additionally, it was intended that we have now two flags,
HW_ATR_EVICT_CAPABLE and HW_ATR_EVICT_ENABLED, but this was not done,
and we accidentally were mis-using HW_ATR_EVICT_CAPABLE everywhere.
This patch adds the missing piece, HW_ATR_EVICT_ENABLED, and safely
updates pf->flags instead of overwriting it.
Without this patch we will have many problems including disabling MSI-X
support, and we'll attempt to use HW ATR eviction on devices which do
not support it.
Fixes: 47994c119a ("i40e: remove hw_disabled_flags in favor of using separate flag bits", 2017-04-19)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-06-07
This series contains a fix for e1000e and igb.
Colin Ian King fixes sparse warnings in igb by making functions static.
Chris Wilson provides a fix for a previous commit which is causing an
issue during suspend "e1000e_pm_suspend()", where we need to run
e1000e_pm_thaw() if __e1000_shutdown() is unsuccessful.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the
information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports
multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to
prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used
to implement multichain offload.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up a few sparse warnings, these following
functions can be made static:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c: warning: symbol
'igb_add_mac_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c: warning: symbol
'igb_del_mac_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c: warning: symbol
'igb_set_vf_mac_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In f8b45b74cc ("i40e/i40evf: Use build_skb to build frames")
i40e_build_skb updates the page_offset field with an incorrect offset,
which can lead to data corruption. This patch updates page_offset
correctly, by properly setting truesize.
Note that the bug only appears on architectures where PAGE_SIZE is
8192 or larger.
Fixes: f8b45b74cc ("i40e/i40evf: Use build_skb to build frames")
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 0da36b9774 ("i40e: use DECLARE_BITMAP for state fields")
introduced changes in the way i40e works with state flags converting
them to bitmaps using kernel bitmap API. This change introduced a
regression due to a mistaken substitution using __I40E_VSI_DOWN instead
of __I40E_DOWN when testing state of a PF at i40e_reset_subtask()
function. This caused a flood in the kernel log with the follow message:
[49.013] i40e 0002:01:00.0: bad reset request 0x00000020
Commit d19cb64b92 ("i40e: separate PF and VSI state flags")
also introduced some misuse of the VSI and PF flags, so both could be
considered as the offenders.
This patch simply fixes the flags where it makes sense by changing
__I40E_VSI_DOWN to __I40E_DOWN.
Fixes: 0da36b9774 ("i40e: use DECLARE_BITMAP for state fields")
Fixes: d19cb64b92 ("i40e: separate PF and VSI state flags")
Reviewed-by: "Guilherme G. Piccoli" <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: "Mauro S. M. Rodrigues" <maurosr@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace disable_irq() which waits for threaded irq handlers with
disable_hardirq() which waits only for hardirq part.
Fixes: 3111912971 ("e1000: use disable_hardirq() for e1000_netpoll()")
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some statistics passed to ethtool are garbage because e1000e_get_stats64()
doesn't write them, for example: tx_heartbeat_errors. This leaks kernel
memory to userspace and confuses users.
Do like ixgbe and use dev_get_stats() which first zeroes out
rtnl_link_stats64.
Fixes: 5944701df9 ("net: remove useless memset's in drivers get_stats64")
Reported-by: Stefan Priebe <s.priebe@profihost.ag>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Given that all callers of igb_update_stats() pass the same two arguments:
(adapter, &adapter->stats64), the second argument can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The igb driver has logic to handle only one Tx timestamp at a time,
using a state bit lock to avoid multiple requests at once.
It may be possible, if incredibly unlikely, that a Tx timestamp event is
requested but never completes. Since we use an interrupt scheme to
determine when the Tx timestamp occurred we would never clear the state
bit in this case.
Add an igb_ptp_tx_hang() function similar to the already existing
igb_ptp_rx_hang() function. This function runs in the watchdog routine
and makes sure we eventually recover from this case instead of
permanently disabling Tx timestamps.
Note: there is no currently known way to cause this without hacking the
driver code to force it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The igb driver can only handle one Tx timestamp request at a time.
This means it is possible for an application timestamp request to be
ignored.
There is no easy way for an administrator to determine if this occurred.
Add a new statistic which tracks this, tx_hwtstamp_skipped.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The e1000e driver can only handle one Tx timestamp request at a time.
This means it is possible for an application timestamp request to be
ignored.
There is no easy way for an administrator to determine if this occurred.
Add a new statistic which tracks this, tx_hwtstamp_skipped.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The igb driver uses a state bit lock to avoid handling more than one Tx
timestamp request at once. This is required because hardware is limited
to a single set of registers for Tx timestamps.
The state bit lock is not properly cleaned up during
igb_xmit_frame_ring() if the transmit fails such as due to DMA or TSO
failure. In some hardware this results in blocking timestamps until the
service task times out. In other hardware this results in a permanent
lock of the timestamp bit because we never receive an interrupt
indicating the timestamp occurred, since indeed the packet was never
transmitted.
Fix this by checking for DMA and TSO errors in igb_xmit_frame_ring() and
properly cleaning up after ourselves when these occur.
Reported-by: Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware related to the igb driver has a limitation of only handling one
Tx timestamp at a time. Thus, the driver uses a state bit lock to
enforce that only one timestamp request is honored at a time.
Unfortunately this suffers from a simple race condition. The bit lock is
not cleared until after skb_tstamp_tx() is called notifying the stack of
a new Tx timestamp. Even a well behaved application which sends only one
timestamp request at once and waits for a response might wake up and
send a new packet before the bit lock is cleared. This results in
needlessly dropping some Tx timestamp requests.
We can fix this by unlocking the state bit as soon as we read the
Timestamp register, as this is the first point at which it is safe to
unlock.
To avoid issues with the skb pointer, we'll use a copy of the pointer
and set the global variable in the driver structure to NULL first. This
ensures that the next timestamp request does not modify our local copy
of the skb pointer.
This ensures that well behaved applications do not accidentally race
with the unlock bit. Obviously an application which sends multiple Tx
timestamp requests at once will still only timestamp one packet at
a time. Unfortunately there is nothing we can do about this.
Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The e1000e driver and related hardware has a limitation on Tx PTP
packets which requires we limit to timestamping a single packet at once.
We do this by verifying that we never request a new Tx timestamp while
we still have a tx_hwtstamp_skb pointer.
Unfortunately the driver suffers from a race condition around this. The
tx_hwtstamp_skb pointer is not set to NULL until after skb_tstamp_tx()
is called. This function notifies the stack and applications of a new
timestamp. Even a well behaved application that only sends a new request
when the first one is finished might be woken up and possibly send
a packet before we can free the timestamp in the driver again. The
result is that we needlessly ignore some Tx timestamp requests in this
corner case.
Fix this by assigning the tx_hwtstamp_skb pointer prior to calling
skb_tstamp_tx() and use a temporary pointer to hold the timestamped skb
until that function finishes. This ensures that the application is not
woken up until the driver is ready to begin timestamping a new packet.
This ensures that well behaved applications do not accidentally race
with condition to skip Tx timestamps. Obviously an application which
sends multiple Tx timestamp requests at once will still only timestamp
one packet at a time. Unfortunately there is nothing we can do about
this.
Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new wake function is only used by the suspend/resume handlers that
are defined in inside of an #ifdef, which can cause this harmless
warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c:7988:13: warning: 'igb_deliver_wake_packet' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
Removing the #ifdef, instead using a __maybe_unused annotation
simplifies the code and avoids the warning.
Fixes: b90fa87635 ("igb: Enable reading of wake up packet")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The functions igb_read_phy_reg_gs40g/igb_write_phy_reg_gs40g (which were
removed in 2a3cdea) explicitly selected the required page at every phy_reg
access. Currently, igb_get_phy_id_82575 relays on the fact that page 0 is
already selected. The assumption is not fulfilled for my Lex 3I380CW
motherboard with integrated dual i211 based gigabit ethernet. This leads to igb
initialization failure and network interfaces are not working:
igb: Intel(R) Gigabit Ethernet Network Driver - version 5.4.0-k
igb: Copyright (c) 2007-2014 Intel Corporation.
igb: probe of 0000:01:00.0 failed with error -2
igb: probe of 0000:02:00.0 failed with error -2
In order to fix it, we explicitly select page 0 before first access to phy
registers.
See also: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1009911
See also: http://www.lex.com.tw/products/pdf/3I380A&3I380CW.pdf
Fixes: 2a3cdea ("igb: Remove GS40G specific defines/functions")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.5+
Signed-off-by: Matwey V Kornilov <matwey@sai.msu.ru>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make return value void since functions never returns meaningfull value.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add device ID define and mac_type assignment needed for
Adaptive Virtual Function (VF Base Mode Support).
Also, update version to v3.0.0 in order to indicate
clearly that this is the first driver supporting the AVF
device ID.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This moves a function that is needed for the virtchnl interface
from the i40e PF driver over to the virtchnl.h file.
It was manually verified that the function in question is unchanged
except for the function name and function header, which explains
the slight difference in the number of lines removed/added.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements the complete version of the virtchnl.h file
with final renames, and fixes the related code in i40e and i40evf.
It also expands comments, and adds details on the usage of
certain fields.
In addition, due to the changes a couple of casts are needed
to prevent errors found by sparse after renaming some fields.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes up a bunch of whitespace issues introduced
by the previous automated change of name from i40e to virtchnl.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change updates the arguments passed to the validate function
and fixes the caller, as well as uses the new return values added to
virtchnl.h
One other minor tweak, remove a duplicate set to zero of valid_len.
This is in preparation for moving the function to virtchnl.h.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of the conversion, change the arguments
to VF_IS_V1[01] macros and move them to virtchnl.h
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Before moving this function over to virtchnl.h, move
some driver specific checks that had snuck into a fairly
generic function, back into the caller of the function.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This morphs all the i40e and i40evf references to/in virtchnl.h
to be generic, using only automated methods. Updates all the
callers to use the new names. A followup patch provides separate
clean ups for messy line conversions from these "automatic"
changes, to make them more reviewable.
Was executed with the following sed script:
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_client.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_prototype.h
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.h
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40e_common.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40e_prototype.h
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf.h
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_client.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_virtchnl.c
sed -i -f transform_script include/linux/avf/virtchnl.h
transform_script:
----8<----
s/I40E_VIRTCHNL_SUPPORTED_QTYPES/SAVE_ME_SUPPORTED_QTYPES/g
s/I40E_VIRTCHNL_VF_CAP/SAVE_ME_VF_CAP/g
s/I40E_VIRTCHNL_/VIRTCHNL_/g
s/i40e_virtchnl_/virtchnl_/g
s/i40e_vfr_/virtchnl_vfr_/g
s/I40E_VFR_/VIRTCHNL_VFR_/g
s/VIRTCHNL_OP_ADD_ETHER_ADDRESS/VIRTCHNL_OP_ADD_ETH_ADDR/g
s/VIRTCHNL_OP_DEL_ETHER_ADDRESS/VIRTCHNL_OP_DEL_ETH_ADDR/g
s/VIRTCHNL_OP_FCOE/VIRTCHNL_OP_RSVD/g
s/SAVE_ME_SUPPORTED_QTYPES/I40E_VIRTCHNL_SUPPORTED_QTYPES/g
s/SAVE_ME_VF_CAP/I40E_VIRTCHNL_VF_CAP/g
----8<----
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the i40e driver to start using the new virtchnl
interface header file, and removes an already existing duplicate of the
i40e_virtchnl.h file contained in the i40e directory.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This moves a header for i40evf to include/linux/avf/virtchnl.h.
The directory name AVF is an acronym for the Intel(R) Adaptive
Virtual Function.
This first step creates the new file, which is a rename of
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40e_virtchnl.h to
include/linux/avf/virtchnl.h, and should show up in git
as a rename when using git log --follow.
To keep things building after the move, the changes to the i40evf
driver are made to point to the new include file location.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This drops the i40e_type.h include in anticipation of the next
patch which moves this file to a location where type.h doesn't
exist, and all the places this file is included already include
i40e_type.h before this file.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-05-31
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Scott enables support for TSO & GSO for MPLS encapsulated packets for both
ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Liwei Song fixes an issue where seqcount/seqlock in ixgbe_get_stats64()
are not initialized in time, so move the initialization into probe routine
after the transmit and receive rings are initialized.
Paul cleans up led_[on|off] for X550EM_X, since the firmware configures
the PHY & MAC and we have no PHY access so LED on/off is not supported
with this device.
Emil provides several fixes, starting with enabling RSS on VF to VF
traffic on the same PF. Fixed PHY identification, where the previous
method was unreliable, so use a different register to ensure proper
identification. Cleaned up the logic which could cause us to
skip the link configuration, this skipping over the link configuration
was leaving SFP+ PHY's in an unstable state, so always call
setup_mac_link(). Added RS1 (rate select 1) support for ixgbe. Lastly,
fixed incorrect logic in the setting up of SFP+ link speed.
Mark fixes the thermal sensor event logic, where it was being executed
when there really was no thermal event. So simplify the logic to only
execute when there is a thermal event.
Tony adds additional error checks and reporting when setting a VF MAC
address to ensure that the MAC filter was successfully added. Also
fixed possible truncation warnings, as well as implicit fallthrough
warnings.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ret_val instead of !ret_val to allow the rest of
the code to execute and configure the speed properly.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add RS1 configuration to ixgbe_set_soft_rate_select_speed()
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the logic which would previously skip the link configuration
in the case where we are already at the requested speed in
ixgbe_setup_mac_link_multispeed_fiber().
By exiting early we are skipping the link configuration and as such
the driver may not always configure the PHY correctly for SFP+.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure the writes are processed immediately. Without the flush it
is possible for operations on one port to spill over the other as the
resource is shared.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previous method was unreliable. Use a different register to
differentiate between the SKUs.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Additions to gcc 7 now warn whenever a switch statement falls through
implicitly. This patch adds explicit fall through comments to address the
following warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c: In function ‘ixgbevf_get_reta_locked’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c:336:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
if (hw->mac.type < ixgbe_mac_X550_vf)
^
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c:338:2: note: here
default:
^~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c: In function ‘ixgbevf_get_rss_key_locked’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c:402:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
if (hw->mac.type < ixgbe_mac_X550_vf)
^
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c:404:2: note: here
default:
^~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The following warning is now shown as a result of new checks added for
gcc 7:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c: In function ‘ixgbevf_open’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:1363:13: warning: ‘%d’ directive output may be truncated writing between 1 and 10 bytes into a region of size between 3 and 18 [-Wformat-truncation=]
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:1363:6: note: directive argument in the range [0, 2147483647]
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
^~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:1362:4: note: ‘snprintf’ output between 8 and 32 bytes into a destination of size 24
snprintf(q_vector->name, sizeof(q_vector->name) - 1,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Resolve this warning by making a couple of changes.
- Don't reserve space for the null terminator. Since snprintf adds the
null terminator automatically, there is no need for us to reserve a byte
for it.
- Change a couple variables that can never be negative from int to
unsigned int.
While we're making changes to the format string, move the constant strings
into the format string instead of providing them as specifiers.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds/changes fall through comments to address new warnings
produced by gcc 7.
Fixed formatting on a couple of comments in the function.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The following warning is now shown as a result of new checks added for
gcc 7:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c: In function ‘ixgbe_open’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c:3118:13: warning: ‘%d’ directive output may be truncated writing between 1 and 10 bytes into a region of size between 3 and 18 [-Wformat-truncation=]
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c:3118:6: note: directive argument in the range [0, 2147483647]
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
^~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c:3117:4: note: ‘snprintf’ output between 8 and 32 bytes into a destination of size 24
snprintf(q_vector->name, sizeof(q_vector->name) - 1,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Resolve this warning by making a couple of changes.
- Don't reserve space for the null terminator. Since snprintf adds the
null terminator automatically, there is no need for us to reserve a byte
for it.
- Change a couple variables that can never be negative from int to
unsigned int.
While we're making changes to the format string, move the constant strings
into the format string instead of providing them as specifiers.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, when setting a VF MAC address there are no error checks to
ensure that the MAC filter was successfully added. This patch adds
additional error checks, reporting, and propagation of errors. It also
will not set the MAC address unless adding the MAC filter was successful.
With these changes, setting the mac address to zeros can no longer call
ixgbe_set_vf_mac() as adding a zero MAC address filter is not valid.
Instead directly delete the filter and, if successful, clear the MAC
address.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The thermal sensor event logic is messed up, because it can execute
the code when there is no thermal event. The current logic is that
it will exit when !capable && !event whereas it really should exit
when !capable || !event. For one thing, it means that the service
task is doing too much work. It probably has some other symptoms as
well. So, correct the logic, simplifying to only execute when there
is a thermal event. The capable check is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This will ensure that VF-to-VF traffic on the same PF
is filtered to allow RSS operation.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since FW configures the PHY and MAC X550EM_X has no
PHY access, led_[on|off] is not supported with the 1Gbase-t design.
Removed MAC X550EM_X 1Gbase-t led_[on|off] support by setting
function pointers to NULL and added NULL pointer checks. Also set
init_led_link_act to NULL and added NULL pointer check.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch advertises TSO & GSO features in netdev->mpls_features.
In ixgbe(vf)_tso() where we set up segmentation offload, the IP
header will be the inner network header when eth_p_mpls() indicates
the Ethernet protocol is MPLS (UC or MC).
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If 'kzalloc' fails, a NULL pointer will be dereferenced. Return -ENOMEM
instead.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver has logic to handle only one Tx timestamp at a time,
using a state bit lock to avoid multiple requests at once.
It may be possible, if incredibly unlikely, that a Tx timestamp event is
requested but never completes. Since we use an interrupt scheme to
determine when the Tx timestamp occurred we would never clear the state
bit in this case.
Add an i40e_ptp_tx_hang() function similar to the already existing
i40e_ptp_rx_hang() function. This function runs in the watchdog routine
and makes sure we eventually recover from this case instead of
permanently disabling Tx timestamps.
Note: there is no currently known way to cause this without hacking the
driver code to force it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no reason to pass a *vsi pointer if we already have the *pf
pointer in the only location where we call this function. Lets update
the signature and directly pass the *pf data structure pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver can only handle one Tx timestamp request at a time.
This means it is possible for an application timestamp request to be
ignored.
There is no easy way for an administrator to determine if this occurred.
Add a new statistic which tracks this, tx_hwtstamp_skipped.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver uses a bit lock to indicate when a Tx timestamp is in
progress to avoid attempting to timestamp multiple packets at once. This
is required because hardware only has registers to handle one request at
a time.
There is a corner case where we failed to cleanup the bit lock after
a failed transmit. This can potentially result in a state bit being
locked forever.
Add some cleanup code to i40e_xmit_frame_ring to check and make sure we
cleanup incase of these failures. We also modify i40e_tx_map to return
an error code indication DMA failure.
Reported-by: Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware related to the i40e driver has a limitation on Tx PTP packets.
This requires us to limit the driver to timestamping a single packet at
once. This is done using a state bitlock which enforces that only one
timestamp request is honored at a time.
Unfortunately this suffers from a race condition. The bit lock is not
cleared until after skb_tstamp_tx() is called notifying applications of
a new Tx timestamp. Even a well behaved application sending only one
packet at a time and waiting for a response can wake up and send a new
timestamped packet request before the bit lock is cleared. This results
in needlessly dropping some Tx timestamp requests.
We can fix this by unlocking the state bit as soon as we read the
Timestamp register, as this is the first point at which it is safe to
timestamp another packet.
To avoid issues with the skb pointer, we'll use a copy of the pointer
and set the global variable in the driver structure to NULL first. This
ensures that the next timestamp request does not modify our local copy
of the skb pointer.
Now, a well behaved application which has at most one outstanding
timestamp request will not accidentally race with the driver unlock bit.
Obviously an application attempting to timestamp faster than one request
at a time will have some timestamp requests skipped. Unfortunately there
is nothing we can do about that.
Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40evf hardware doesn't have any way to ever report FCoE enabled
so just force the code to always report FCoE is disabled, remove the
unused defines, and mark the OP as reserved.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a missing line that was missed while merging,
which results in a driver feature in the VF not working to
enable RSS as a negotiated feature.
Fixes: 43a3d9ba34 ("i40evf: Allow PF driver to configure RSS")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This removes two duplicate lines that snuck into the code somehow.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some drivers were calling the skb_tx_timestamp() function only when
a hardware timestamp was not requested. Now that applications can use
the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TX_SWHW option to request both software and
hardware timestamps, the drivers need to be modified to unconditionally
call skb_tx_timestamp().
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NTP_ALL in net_hwtstamp_validate() as a valid
filter and update drivers which can timestamp all packets, or which
explicitly list unsupported filters instead of using a default case, to
handle the filter.
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=eE4D
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.12-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- add framework for supporting PCIe devices in Endpoint mode (Kishon
Vijay Abraham I)
- use non-postable PCI config space mappings when possible (Lorenzo
Pieralisi)
- clean up and unify mmap of PCI BARs (David Woodhouse)
- export and unify Function Level Reset support (Christoph Hellwig)
- avoid FLR for Intel 82579 NICs (Sasha Neftin)
- add pci_request_irq() and pci_free_irq() helpers (Christoph Hellwig)
- short-circuit config access failures for disconnected devices (Keith
Busch)
- remove D3 sleep delay when possible (Adrian Hunter)
- freeze PME scan before suspending devices (Lukas Wunner)
- stop disabling MSI/MSI-X in pci_device_shutdown() (Prarit Bhargava)
- disable boot interrupt quirk for ASUS M2N-LR (Stefan Assmann)
- add arch-specific alignment control to improve device passthrough by
avoiding multiple BARs in a page (Yongji Xie)
- add sysfs sriov_drivers_autoprobe to control VF driver binding
(Bodong Wang)
- allow slots below PCI-to-PCIe "reverse bridges" (Bjorn Helgaas)
- fix crashes when unbinding host controllers that don't support
removal (Brian Norris)
- add driver for MicroSemi Switchtec management interface (Logan
Gunthorpe)
- add driver for Faraday Technology FTPCI100 host bridge (Linus
Walleij)
- add i.MX7D support (Andrey Smirnov)
- use generic MSI support for Aardvark (Thomas Petazzoni)
- make Rockchip driver modular (Brian Norris)
- advertise 128-byte Read Completion Boundary support for Rockchip
(Shawn Lin)
- advertise PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_SLC for Rockchip root port (Shawn Lin)
- convert atomic_t to refcount_t in HV driver (Elena Reshetova)
- add CPU IRQ affinity in HV driver (K. Y. Srinivasan)
- fix PCI bus removal in HV driver (Long Li)
- add support for ThunderX2 DMA alias topology (Jayachandran C)
- add ThunderX pass2.x 2nd node MCFG quirk (Tomasz Nowicki)
- add ITE 8893 bridge DMA alias quirk (Jarod Wilson)
- restrict Cavium ACS quirk only to CN81xx/CN83xx/CN88xx devices
(Manish Jaggi)
* tag 'pci-v4.12-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (146 commits)
PCI: Don't allow unbinding host controllers that aren't prepared
ARM: DRA7: clockdomain: Change the CLKTRCTRL of CM_PCIE_CLKSTCTRL to SW_WKUP
MAINTAINERS: Add PCI Endpoint maintainer
Documentation: PCI: Add userguide for PCI endpoint test function
tools: PCI: Add sample test script to invoke pcitest
tools: PCI: Add a userspace tool to test PCI endpoint
Documentation: misc-devices: Add Documentation for pci-endpoint-test driver
misc: Add host side PCI driver for PCI test function device
PCI: Add device IDs for DRA74x and DRA72x
dt-bindings: PCI: dra7xx: Add DT bindings to enable unaligned access
PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Workaround for errata id i870
dt-bindings: PCI: dra7xx: Add DT bindings for PCI dra7xx EP mode
PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Add EP mode support
PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Facilitate wrapper and MSI interrupts to be enabled independently
dt-bindings: PCI: Add DT bindings for PCI designware EP mode
PCI: dwc: designware: Add EP mode support
Documentation: PCI: Add binding documentation for pci-test endpoint function
ixgbe: Use pcie_flr() instead of duplicating it
IB/hfi1: Use pcie_flr() instead of duplicating it
PCI: imx6: Fix spelling mistake: "contol" -> "control"
...
This typo is quite common. Fix it and add it to the spelling file so
that checkpatch catches it earlier.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170317011131.6881-2-sboyd@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-30
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Jake provides majority of the changes in this series, starting with the
renaming of a flag to avoid confusion. Then renamed a variable to a
more meaningful name to clarify what is actually being done and to
reduce confusion. Amortizes the wait time when initializing or disabling
lots of VFs by using i40e_reset_all_vfs() and
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait(). Cleaned up a unnecessary delay since
pci_disable_sriov() already has its own delay, so need to add a additional
delay when removing VFs. Avoid using the same name flags for both
vsi->state and pf->state, to make code review easier and assist future
work to use the correct state field when checking bits. Use
DECLARE_BITMAP() to ensure that we always allocate enough space for flags.
Replace hw_disabled_flags with the new _AUTO_DISABLED flags, which are
more readable because we are not setting an *_ENABLED flag to
disable the feature.
Alex corrects a oversight where we were not reprogramming the ports
after a reset, which was causing us to lose all of the receive tunnel
offloads.
Arnd Bergmann moves the declaration of a local variable to avoid a
warning seen on architectures with larger pages about an unused variable.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for 38.4MHz frequency is required for PTP
on CannonLake. SYSTIM frequency adjustment attributes for TIMINCA are
get/set dependent on the hardware clock frequency for a different
types of adapters. 38.4MHz frequency supported by CannonLake
and active once time synchronisation mechanism was enabled
Changed abbreviation from Hz to HZ to be compliant checkpatch code style
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The propagation of CannonLake mac type to driver functionality
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i219 (6) and i219 (7) are the next LOM generations that will be
available on the nextIntel Client platform (CannonLake)
This patch provides the initial support for these devices
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I've got reports that the Intel I-218V NIC in Intel NUC5i5RYH systems used
as a PTP slave experiences random ~10 hour clock jumps, which are resolved
if the same workaround for the 82574 and 82583 is employed, so set the
appropriate flag2 in e1000_pch_lpt_info too.
Reported-by: Rupesh Patel <rupatel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On architectures with larger pages, we get a warning about an unused variable:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c: In function 'i40evf_configure_rx':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c:690:21: error: unused variable 'netdev' [-Werror=unused-variable]
This moves the declaration into the #ifdef to avoid the warning.
Fixes: dab86afdbb ("i40e/i40evf: Change the way we limit the maximum frame size for Rx")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This matches the ordering of how we free stuff during reset and remove.
It also makes logical sense because we set the interrupts based on the
number of queues. Currently this doesn't really matter in practice.
However a future patch moves the assignment of num_active_queues into
i40evf_alloc_queues, which is required by
i40evf_set_interrupt_capability.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The flag used by the common code and PF code is I40E_FLAG_FD_ATR_ENABLED,
not *FDIR*. It turns out none of the txrx code actually shared with the
VF driver actually checks the ATR flag. This is made even more obvious
by the typo in the VF header file.
Let's just remove the flag from the VF driver since it's not needed.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hw_disabled_flags field was added as a way of signifying that
a feature was automatically or temporarily disabled. However, we
actually only use this for FDir features. Replace its use with new
_AUTO_DISABLED flags instead. This is more readable, because you aren't
setting an *_ENABLED flag to *disable* the feature.
Additionally, clean up a few areas where we used these bits. First, we
don't really need to set the auto-disable flag for ATR if we're fully
disabling the feature via ethtool.
Second, we should always clear the auto-disable bits in case they somehow
got set when the feature was disabled. However, avoid displaying
a message that we've re-enabled the feature.
Third, we shouldn't be re-enabling ATR in the SB ntuple add flow,
because it might have been disabled due to space constraints. Instead,
we should just wait for the fdir_check_and_reenable to be called by the
watchdog.
Overall, this change allows us to simplify some code by removing an
extra field we didn't need, and the result should make it more clear as
to what we're actually doing with these flags.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We already set pairs to the value of adapter->num_active_queues. This
value is limited by vsi_res->num_queue_pairs and num_online_cpus(). This
means that pairs by definition is already smaller than
num_online_cpus()*2, so we don't even need to bother with this check.
Lets just remove it and update the comment.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of assuming our flags fit within an unsigned long, use
DECLARE_BITMAP which will ensure that we always allocate enough space.
Additionally, use __I40E_STATE_SIZE__ markers as the last element of the
enumeration so that the size of the BITMAP is compile-time assigned
rather than programmer-time assigned. This ensures that potential future
flag additions do not actually overrun the array. This is especially
important as 32bit systems would only have 32bit longs instead of 64bit
longs as we generally have assumed in the prior code.
This change also removes a dereference of the state fields throughout
the code, so it does have a bit of code churn. The conversions were
automated using sed replacements with an alternation
s/&(vsi->back|vsi|pf)->state/\1->state/
s/&adapter->vsi.state/adapter->vsi.state/
For debugfs, we modify the printing so that we can display chunks of the
state value on new lines. This ensures that we can print the entire set
of state values. Additionally, we now print them as 08lx to ensure that
they display nicely.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Avoid using the same named flags for both vsi->state and pf->state. This
makes code review easier, as it is more likely that future authors will
use the correct state field when checking bits. Previous commits already
found issues with at least one check, and possibly others may be
incorrect.
This reduces confusion as it is more clear what each flag represents,
and which flags are valid for which state field.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The delay was added because of a desire to ensure that the VF driver can
finish up removing. However, pci_disable_sriov already has its own
ssleep() call that will sleep for an entire second, so there is no
reason to add extra delay on top of this by using msleep here. In
practice, an msleep() won't have a huge impact on timing but there is no
real value in keeping it, so lets just simplify the code and remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Just as we do in i40e_reset_all_vfs, save some time when freeing VFs by
amortizing the wait time for stopping queues. We can use
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait() to begin the process of stopping all the
VF rings at once. Then, once we've started the process on each VF we can
begin waiting for the VFs to stop. This helps reduce the total wait time
by a large factor.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch corrects a major oversight in that we were not reprogramming the
ports after a reset. As a result we completely lost all of the Rx tunnel
offloads on receive including Rx checksum, RSS on inner headers, and ATR.
The fix for this is pretty standard as all we needed to do is reset the
filter bits to pending for all active filters and schedule the sync event.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The .index field of i40e_udp_port_config represents the udp port number.
Rename this variable to port so that it is more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When allocating a large number of VFs, the driver previously used
i40e_reset_vf in a sequence. Just as when performing a normal reset,
this accumulates a large amount of delay for handling all of the VFs in
sequence. This delay is mainly due to a hardware requirement to wait
after initiating a reset on the VF.
We recently added a new function, i40e_reset_all_vfs() which can be used
to amortize the delay time, by first triggering all VF resets, then
waiting once, and finally cleaning up and allocating the VFs. This is
almost as good as truly running the resets in parallel.
In order to avoid sending a spurious reset message to a client
interface, we have a check to see whether we've assigned
pf->num_alloc_vfs yet. This was originally intended as a way to
distinguish the "initialization" case from the regular reset case.
Unfortunately, this means that we can't directly use i40e_reset_all_vfs
yet. Lets avoid this check of pf->num_alloc_vfs by replacing it with
a proper VSI state bit which we can use instead. This makes the
intention much clearer and allows us to re-use the i40e_reset_all_vfs
function directly.
Change-ID: I694279b37eb6b5a91b6670182d0c15d10244fd6e
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These flags represent the state of the VF at various times. Do not
spell them as _STAT_ which can be confusing to readers who may think
these refer to statistics.
Change-ID: I6bc092cd472e8276896a1fd7498aced2084312df
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RSS key is being repopulated every time the interface is brought up
regardless of whether there is an existing value. If the user sets the RSS
key and the interface is brought up (e.g. reset), the user specified RSS
key will be overwritten.
This patch changes the rss_key to a pointer so we can check to see if the
key has been populated and preserve it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Mailbox support for getting RETA and RSS is available for only 82599 and
x540; a previous patch reversed the logic and these adapters were
returning not supported.
Also, the NACK check in ixgbevf_get_rss_key_locked() was checking for the
command IXGBE_VF_GET_RETA instead of IXGBE_VF_GET_RSS_KEY.
This patch corrects both issues by correcting the logic and checking for
the right command.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RSS key is being repopulated every time the interface is brought up
regardless of whether there is an existing value. If the user sets the RSS
key and the interface is brought up (e.g. reset), the user specified RSS
key will be overwritten.
This patch changes the rss_key to a pointer so we can check to see if the
key has been populated and preserve it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for new 1000Base-T device based on X550EM_X MAC
type. All PHY operations are disabled as the PHY is controlled
by FW.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, there is no logic that allows a VF's MAC address to be removed
from the RAR table.
Allow the user to specify a zero MAC address in order to clear the VF's
MAC address from the RAR table. This functionality is also utilized by
libvirt when removing VFs.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
IXGBEVF_QUEUE_STATS_LEN is based on ixgebvf_stats, not ixgbe_stats.
This change fixes a bug where ethtool -S displayed some empty fields.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flush the macvlan filters on VF reset to avoid conflict with other VFs that
may end up using the same MAC address.
The main change here is the call to ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan() with index 0.
Moved ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan() in front of ixgbe_vf_reset_event() to avoid
adding a prototype.
Reported-by: Sritej Kanakadandi Sritej Rama <skanakad@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current XDP implementation hits the tail on every XDP_TX return
code. This patch changes driver behavior to only hit the tail after
packet processing is complete.
With this patch I can run XDP drop programs @ 14+Mpps and XDP_TX
programs are at ~13.5Mpps.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A couple design choices were made here. First I use a new ring
pointer structure xdp_ring[] in the adapter struct instead of
pushing the newly allocated XDP TX rings into the tx_ring[]
structure. This means we have to duplicate loops around rings
in places we want to initialize both TX rings and XDP rings.
But by making it explicit it is obvious when we are using XDP
rings and when we are using TX rings. Further we don't have
to do ring arithmatic which is error prone. As a proof point
for doing this my first patches used only a single ring structure
and introduced bugs in FCoE code and macvlan code paths.
Second I am aware this is not the most optimized version of
this code possible. I want to get baseline support in using
the most readable format possible and then once this series
is included I will optimize the TX path in another series
of patches.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Basic XDP drop support for ixgbe. Uses READ_ONCE/xchg semantics on XDP
programs instead of RCU primitives as suggested by Daniel Borkmann and
Alex Duyck.
v2: fix the build issues seen w/ XDP when page sizes are larger than 4K
and made minor fixes based on feedback from Jakub Kicinski
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent firmware change fixed an issue to acquire the PHY semaphore before
accessing PHY registers. This led to a case where SW can issue a device
reset clearing the MDIO registers. This patch makes SW acquire the PHY
semaphore before issuing a device reset.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-20
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e, igb/vf and ixgb.
Tobias Klauser cleans up e1000, ixgb and igbvf from having a local
function or structure for netdev stats.
Bernd Faust fixes an issue for 82579 devices, where the clock frequency
was being incorrectly set for these devices. These devices only support
96MHz, so make sure they are set to use only that.
Yury Kylulin extends the work Jake and Alex did for ixgbe in MAC filter
handling into the igb driver.
Kim Tatt Chuah enables igb to wake up by packet and to read the necessary
Wake Up Status (WUS) and Wake Up Packet Memory (WUPM) registers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-19
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only, most notable being
the addition of trace points for BPF programs.
Tobias Klauser updates i40evf to use net_device stats struct instead
of a local private copy.
Preethi updates the VF driver to not enable receive checksum offload by
default for tunneled packets.
Alex fixes an issue he introduced when he converted the code over to
using the length field to determine if a descriptor was done or not.
Mitch adds the ability to dump additional information on the VFs, which
is not available through 'ip link show' using debugfs.
Scott adds trace points to the drivers so that BPF programs can be
attached for feature testing and verification.
Jingjing adds admin queue functions for Pipeline Personalization Profile
commands.
Jake does most of the heavy lifting in this series, starting with the
a reduction in the scope of the RTNL lock being held while resetting VFs
to allow multiple PFs to reset in a timely manner. Factored out the
direct queue modification so that we are able to re-use the code.
Reduced the wait time for admin queue commands to complete, since we were
waiting a minimum of a millisecond, when in practice the admin queue
command is processed often much faster. Cleaned up code (flag) we never
use. Make the code to resetting all the VFs optimized for parallel
computing instead of the current way is a serialized fashion, to help
reduce the time it takes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in
struct igbvf_adapter, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the
now unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, in igb_resume(), igb driver ignores the Wake Up Status (WUS)
and Wake Up Packet Memory (WUPM) registers. This patch enables the igb
driver to read the WUPM if the controller was woken by a wake up packet
that is not more than 128 bytes long (maximum WUPM size), then pass it
up the kernel network stack.
Signed-off-by: Kim Tatt Chuah <kim.tatt.chuah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functionality for the VF to request up to 3 additional MAC filters.
This is done using existing E1000_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR message, but with
additional message info - E1000_VF_MAC_FILTER_CLR to clear all unicast
MAC filters previously set for this VF and E1000_VF_MAC_FILTER_ADD to
add MAC filter.
Additional filters can be added only in case if administrator did not
set VF MAC explicitly and allowed to change default MAC to the VF.
Due to the limited number of RAR entries reserve at least 3 MAC filters
for the PF.
If SRIOV is supported by the NIC after this change RAR entries starting
from 1 to (RAR MAX ENTRIES - NUM SRIOV VFS) will be used for PF and VF
MAC filters.
Signed-off-by: Yury Kylulin <yury.kylulin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using the work which was done for ixgbe driver by Jacob Keller
commit 5d7daa35b9 ("ixgbe: improve mac filter handling") and Alexander
Duyck commit 0f079d2283 ("ixgbe: Use __dev_uc_sync and __dev_uc_unsync
for unicast addresses") and out-of-tree igb driver add functionality to
manage (add and delete) MAC filters.
Signed-off-by: Yury Kylulin <yury.kylulin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After an upgrade to Linux kernel v4.x the hardware timestamps of the
82579 Gigabit Ethernet Controller are different than expected.
The values that are being read are almost four times as big as before
the kernel upgrade.
The difference is that after the upgrade the driver sets the clock
frequency to 25MHz, where before the upgrade it was set to 96MHz. Intel
confirmed that the correct frequency for this network adapter is 96MHz.
Signed-off-by: Bernd Faust <berndfaust@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgb_get_stats() just returns dev->stats so we can leave it
out altogether and let dev_get_stats() do the job.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
e1000_get_stats() just returns dev->stats so we can leave it
out altogether and let dev_get_stats() do the job.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This state bit was added as a way for DCB to avoid having to wait for
the queues to disable when handling LLDP events. The logic for this was
burried deep within stop Tx and stop Rx queue code. First, let's rename
it so that it does not appear to only affect Tx when infact it modifies
both Tx and Rx flow. Second we can move it up into the i40e_stop_rings()
function, and we can simply re-use the i40e_stop_rings_no_wait() so that
we don't have to bury the implementation as deep into the call stack.
An alternative might be to remove the state bit and instead attempt to
shut down everything directly in DCP flow. This, however, is not ideal
because it creates yet another separate shutdown routine that we'd have
to maintain. In the current implementation any changes will be made to
both flows.
Change-ID: I68e1ccb901af320862bca395e9c9746f08e8b17c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When there are a lot of active VFs, it can take multiple seconds to
finish resetting all of them during certain flows., which can cause some
VFs to fail to wait long enough for the reset to occur. The user might
see messages like "Never saw reset" or "Reset never finished" and the VF
driver will stop functioning properly.
The naive solution would be to simply increase the wait timer. We can
get much more clever. Notice that i40e_reset_vf is run in a serialized
fashion, and includes lots of delays.
There are two prominent delays which take most of the time. First, when
we begin resetting VFs, we have multiple 10ms delays which accrue
because we reset each VF in a serial fashion. These delays accumulate to
almost 4 seconds when handling the maximum number of VFs (128).
Secondly, there is a massive 50ms delay for each time we disable queues
on a VSI. This delay is necessary to allow HW to finish disabling queues
before we restore functionality. However, just like with the first case,
we are paying the cost for each VF, rather than disabling all VFs and
waiting once.
Both of these can be fixed, but required some previous refactoring to
handle the special case. First, we will need the
i40e_vsi_wait_queues_disabled function which was previously DCB
specific. Second, we will need to implement our own
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait function which will handle the stopping of
rings without the delays.
Finally, implement an i40e_reset_all_vfs function, which will first
start the reset of all VFs, and pay the wait cost all at once, rather
than serially waiting for each VF before we start processing then next
one. After the VF has been reset, we'll disable all the VF queues, and
then wait for them to disable. Again, we'll organize the flow such that
we pay the wait cost only once.
Finally, after we've disabled queues we'll go ahead and begin restoring
VF functionality. The result is reducing the wait time by a large factor
and ensuring that VFs do not timeout when waiting in the VF driver.
Change-ID: Ia6e8cf8d98131b78aec89db78afb8d905c9b12be
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch is going to want to re-use some of the code in
i40e_reset_vf, so lets break up the beginning and ending parts into
their own helper functions. The first function will be used to
initialize the reset on a VF, while the second function will be used to
finalize the reset and restore functionality.
Change-ID: I48df808b8bf09de3c2ed8c521f57b3f0ab9e5907
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag was originally intended to be used to let some
driver code know when we were running from netpoll.
Ultimately this was not necessary and we never used it.
Let's remove it
Change-ID: I43b72483d91c1638071d2a7f389ab171ec5b796a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When sending an adminq command, we wait for the command to complete in
a loop. This loop waits for an entire millisecond, when in practice the
adminq command is processed often much faster.
Change the loop to use i40e_usec_delay instead, and wait for 50 usecs
each time instead. This appears to be about the minimum time required,
based on some manual observation and testing.
The primary benefit of this change is reducing latency of various
operations in the PF driver, especially when related to having a large
number of VFs enabled.
For example, on Linux, when instantiating 128 VFs, the time to finish
the operation dropped from about 9 seconds down to under 6 seconds.
Additionally, the time it takes to finish a PF reset with 128 VFs
dropped from 5.1 seconds down to 0.7 seconds.
As the examples above show, a significant portion of the delay is wasted
waiting for admiqn operations which have already finished.
This patch shouldn't cause impact to functionality, as we still check
and keep waiting until the command does get processed. The only expected
change is an increase in CPU utilization as we now check for completion
far more times. However, in practice the commands appear to generally be
complete within the first delay window anyways.
Change-ID: If8af8388e100da0a14eaf9e1af3afadf73a958cf
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The check for I40E_CONFIG_BUSY state bit in the i40e_set_link_ksettings
function is fishy. First we can notice a few things about the check here.
First a similar check was introduced by commit
'c7d05ca89f8e ("i40e: driver ethtool core")'
Later a commit introducing the link settings was added by commit
'bf9c71417f72 ("i40e: Implement set_settings for ethtool")'
However, this second check was against vsi->state instead of pf->state,
and also failed to set the bit, it only checks. That indicates the locking
was not quite correct. The only other place that the state bit
in vsi->state gets used is to protect the filter list.
Since this code does not care about the mac filter list, and seems
clear the original code should have set the pf->state bit. Fix these
issues by using pf->state correctly, and by actually setting the bit
so that we properly lock as expected.
Since these checks occur while holding the rtnl_lock(), lets also add a
timeout so that we don't potentially softlock the system.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch will need to be able to handle controlling queues without
waiting until all VSIs are handled. Factor out the direct queue
modification so that we can easily re-use this code. The result is also
a bit easier to read since we don't embed multiple single-letter loop
counters.
Change-ID: Id923cbfa43127b1c24d8ed4f809b1012c736d9ac
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We made some effort to reduce the RTNL lock scope when resetting and
rebuilding the PF. Unfortunately we still held the RTNL lock during the
VF reset operation, which meant that multiple PFs could not reset in
parallel due to the global lock. For now, further reduce the scope by
not holding the RTNL lock while resetting VFs. This allows multiple PFs
to reset in a timely manner.
Change-ID: I2fbf823a0063f24dff67676cad09f0bbf83ee4ce
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds tracepoints to the i40e and i40evf drivers to which
BPF programs can be attached for feature testing and verification.
It's expected that an attached BPF program will identify and count or
log some interesting subset of traffic. The bcc-tools package is
helpful there for containing all the BPF arcana in a handy Python
wrapper. Though you can make these tracepoints log trace messages, the
messages themselves probably won't be very useful (other to verify the
tracepoint is being called while you're debugging your BPF program).
The idea here is that tracepoints have such low performance cost when
disabled that we can leave these in the upstream drivers. This may
eventually enable the instrumentation of unmodified customer systems
should the need arise to verify a NIC feature is working as expected.
In general this enables one set of feature verification tools to be
used on these drivers whether they're built with the kernel or
separately.
Users are advised against using these tracepoints for anything other
than a diagnostic tool. They have a performance impact when enabled,
and their exact placement and form may change as we see how well they
work in practice for the purposes above.
Change-ID: Id6014a7322c0e6d08068114dd20bd156f2f6435e
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Dump some internal state about VFs through debugfs. This provides
information not available with 'ip link show'. To use, write "dump vf
<id>" to the command file, or just "dump vf" to dump information on all
of the VFs.
Change-ID: Ibe32b7f4ae55d4358c0b903217475f708ada1ecd
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue I introduced when I converted the code over to
using the length field to determine if a descriptor was done or not. It
turns out that we are also processing programming descriptors in the Rx
path and need to have these processed even though the length field will be
0 on these packets. What will happen with a programming descriptor is that
we will receive a descriptor that has the SPH bit set, and the header
length and packet length fields cleared.
To account for this we should be checking for the bit for split header
being set even though we aren't actually using header split. This bit is
set in the length field to indicate if a programming descriptor response is
contained in the descriptor. Since we don't support header split we don't
need to perform the extra checks of using a fixed value for the entire
length field.
In addition I am moving the function for checking if a filter is a
programming status filter into the i40e_txrx.c file since there is no
longer support for FCoE it doesn't make sense to keep this file in i40e.h.
Change-ID: I12c359c3dc70adb9d6b92b27324bb2c7f04c1a06
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rx checksum offload for tunneled packets was never being negotiated or
requested by VF. This capability was assumed by default and enabled in
current hardware for VF. Going forward, this feature needs to be disabled
or advanced ptypes should be negotiated with PF in the future.
Change-ID: I9e54cfa8a90e03ab6956db4412f1e337ccd2c2e0
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in
struct i40evf_adapter, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the
now unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I just found that when we had changed the Rx path to check for length
instead of the DD bit we introduced an issue in ixgbe_dump since we were no
longer clearing the status bits.
To correct this I am updating ixgbe_dump to look for the length bits in the
descriptor since that is what we are using in the Rx path.
Fixes: c3630cc40b ("ixgbe: Use length to determine if descriptor is done")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch increases the headroom allocated when using build_skb on a
system with 4K pages. Specifically the breakdown of headroom versus cache
size is as follows:
L1 Cache Size Headroom
64 192
64, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2 194
128 128
128, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2 130
256 512
256, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2 258
I stopped at supporting only a cache line size of 256 as that was the
largest cache size I could find supported in the kernel.
With this we are guaranteeing at least 128 bytes of headroom to spare in
the frame. This should be enough for us to insert a couple of IPv6 headers
if needed which is likely enough room for anything XDP should need.
I'm leaving the padding for systems with pages larger than 4K unmodified
for now. XDP currently isn't really setup to work on those types of
systems so we can cross that bridge when we get there.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We did not have a check in place for MMNGC.MNG_VETO when setting up link
on X550EM_X KR devices which resulted in link loss for the BMC when
loading the driver.
This patch adds a check for ixgbe_check_reset_blocked() in setup_link()
since in that case there is no PHY reset function.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the Marvell 1145 PHY define as we have never had a device that
supports it and have no plan to in the future. The existence of this
define has caused confusing on whether or not this PHY was supported
by ixgbe.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Avoid setting adapter->num_vfs early in the init code path when
using the max_vfs module parameter by passing it to ixgbe_enable_sriov()
as a function parameter.
This fixes an issue where if we failed to allocate vfinfo in
__ixgbe_enable_sriov() the driver will crash with NULL pointer in
ixgbe_disable_sriov() when attempting to free the vfinfo struct based
on adapter->num_vfs. Also it cleans up the assignment of adapter->num_vfs
since now it will only be set in __ixgbe_enable_sriov() and cleared in
ixgbe_disable_sriov().
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we exit at the end of the block, we can save a level of
indentation by performing an early return, and make the next several
sections of code more legible, with fewer 80 character line breaks.
Also moved allocating vfinfo at the beginning and the notification
for enabling SRIOV at the end of the function when we know that it
will succeed.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the code allocating memory for list of MAC addresses that
the VFs can use for MACVLAN into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add default setting for mac->ops.setup_link on x550em_a MAC types.
This fixes a link issue on KR parts.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We forgot to indicate some of the supported speed on the X553
backplane. This patch attempts to correct for that.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add support for X552 XFI backplane interface. The XFI
backplane requires a custom tuned link. HW/FW owns the link config
for XF backplane and SW must not interfere with it.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The initial patches supporting X553 sgmii forgot some details. This patch
should cover those missing spots.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The KX4 PHY is configured by the NVM. Currently, the driver is overwriting
the config; remove the code associated with KX4 configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
As pr_cont output can be interleaved by other processes,
using pr_cont should be avoided where possible.
Miscellanea:
- Use a temporary pointer to hold the next descriptions and
consolidate the pr_cont uses
- Use the temporary buffer to hold the 8 u32 register values and
emit those in a single go
- Coalesce formats and logging neatening around those changes
- Fix a defective output for the rx ring entry description when
also emitting rx_buffer_info data
This reduces overall object size a tiny bit too.
$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/*.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
62167 728 12 62907 f5bb drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.o.new
62273 728 12 63013 f625 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When DCB is enabled, add checks to ensure creation of number of VF's is
valid based on the traffic classes configured by the device.
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to improve the performance of the Rx path.
Specifically by using build_skb we have several distinct advantages.
In the case of small frames we were previously using a copy-break approach.
This means that we were allocating a page fragment to use for skb->head,
and were having to copy the packet into that region. Both of those calls
are now avoided since we just build the skb around the data.
In the case of large frames the gains are much more significant.
Specifically we were having to allocate skb->head, and copy the headers as
before. However in addition we were having to parse the header using
eth_get_headlen which could be quite expensive. All of this is avoided by
building the frame around the data. I have seen gains as high as 30% when
using VXLAN for instance due to just header pulling overhead.
Finally with all this in place it also sets us up to start looking at
enabling XDP. Specifically we now have a path in which the data is in the
page and the frame is built around it. So if we parse it with XDP before
we call build_skb we can take care of any necessary processing there.
Change-ID: Id4bdd618e94473d41f892417e5d8019639e421e3
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds padding to the start of frames to make room for headroom
for us to eventually start using build_skb. Right now we guarantee at
least NET_SKB_PAD + NET_IP_ALIGN, however we allocate more space if more is
available. For example on x86 the headroom should be 192 bytes.
On systems that have too large of a cache line size to support storing 1.5K
padding and shared info we default to using 3K buffers and reserve
everything that isn't used for skb_shared_info or the data buffer for
headroom.
Change-ID: I33c641c9a1ea10cf7cc484c2d20985368d2d709a
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are situations where adding padding to the front and back of an Rx
buffer will require that we add additional padding. Specifically if
NET_IP_ALIGN is non-zero, or the MTU size is larger than 7.5K we would need
to use 2K buffers which leaves us with no room for the padding.
To preemptively address these cases I am adding support for 3K buffers to
the Rx path so that we can provide the additional padding needed in the
event of NET_IP_ALIGN being non-zero or a cache line being greater than 64.
Change-ID: I938bc1ba611285428df39a613cd66f98e60b55c7
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since an early commit a few flags have no longer
been used. Remove these definitions to reduce code clutter.
Change-ID: I3589be4622574e747013cd4dc403e18b039f4965
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The I40E_FLAG_NEED_LINK_UPDATE was never used. Remove the flag
definitions.
Change-ID: If59d0c6b4af85ca27281f3183c54b055adb439a4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can simply check both Tx and Rx queues in a single loop, rather than
repeating the loop twice.
Change-ID: Ic06f26b0e3c2620e0e33c1a2999edda488e647ad
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Look up the MAC address from the eth_get_platform_mac_address() function
first before checking what the firmware provides. We already handle the
case of re-writing the MAC-VLAN filter, so there is no need to add extra
code for this. However, update the comment where we do this to indicate
that it does impact the Open Firmware MAC address case.
Change-ID: I73e59fbe0b0e7e6f3ee9f5170d0bd3a4d5faf4db
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch greatly reduces the unneeded complexity in the
i40e_detect_recover_hung_queue code path. The previous implementation
set a 'hung bit' which would then get cleared while polling. If the
detection routine was called a second time with the bit already set, we
would issue a software interrupt. This patch makes it such that if
interrupts are disabled and we have pending TX descriptors, we trigger a
software interrupt since in, the worst case, queues are already clean
and we have an extra interrupt.
Additionally this patch removes the workaround for lost interrupts as
calling napi_reschedule in this context can cause software interrupts to
fire on the wrong CPU.
Change-ID: Iae108582a3ceb6229ed1d22e4ed6e69cf97aad8d
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously rtnl lock was held during whole reset procedure that
was stopping other PFs running their reset procedures. In the result
reset was not handled properly and host reset was the only way
to recover.
Change-ID: I23c0771c0303caaa7bd64badbf0c667e25142954
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a minor cleanup so that we are always updating pf->flags when we
make a change to the private flags instead of updating a mix of either
pf->flags and/or pf->hw_disabled_flags.
In addition I went through and cleaned out all the spots where we were
using the X722 define in regards to this flag.
Lastly since we changed the logic I went through and flushed out any
redundancy and cleaned up the handling of the flags in the Tx path.
Change-ID: I79ff95a7272bb2533251ff11ef91e89ccb80b610
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Re-word the error message displayed when adding a filter with an
invalid flow type. Additionally, report a distinct error message when
the IPv4 protocol is at fault.
Change-ID: Iba3d85b87f8d383c97c8bdd180df34a6adf3ee67
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The client interface is only intended for use on devices that support
iWarp. Only register with the client if this is the case.
This fixes a panic when loading i40iw on X710 devices.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver is removed or shut down, close any attached clients
(i.e. i40iw). This prevents a panic seen sometimes on forced driver
removal or system shutdown when iWarp is running.
Change-ID: I4f6161e5a73ffbb2fd5883567b007310302bfcb5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some cases, a client (i40iw) may already be present when probe is
called. Check for this, and add a client instance if necessary.
Change-ID: I2009312694b7ad81f1023919e4c6c86181f21689
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver is unloaded, we need to remove the client instance,
otherwise we leak memory.
Change-ID: If1e7882ac1f6ce15d004722fafbe31afbe0adc9a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a capability negotiation between VF and PF using ENCAP/
ENCAP_CSUM offload flags in order for the VF to support outer checksum
and TSO offloads for encapsulated packets. These capabilities were assumed
by default and enabled in current hardware. Going forward, these features
needs to be negotiated with PF before advertising to the stack.
Additionally, strip out the mac.type checks for X722 since outer checksums
are enabled based on the ENCAP_CSUM offload negotiation flag and maintain
consistency between drivers in how the features are configured.
Change-ID: Ie380a6f57eca557a2bb575b66b12fae36d308920
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-05
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Phil Turnbull from Oracle fixes an issue where the argument provided to
FM10K_REMOVED macro was not what was expecting.
Jake modifies the driver to replace the bitwise operators and defines with
a BITMAP and enumeration values to avoid race conditions. Also future
proof the driver so that developers do not have to remember to re-size the
bitmaps when adding new values. Fixed the wording of a code comment to
avoid stating that we return a value for a void function.
Ngai-Mint makes sure that when configuring the receive ring, we make sure
the receive queue is disabled. Fixed an issue where interfaces were
resetting because the transmit mailbox FIFO was becoming full since the
host was not ready, so ensure the host is ready before queueing up
mailbox messages.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple cases of overlapping changes (adding code nearby,
a function whose name changes, for example).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Interfaces will reset whenever the TX mailbox FIFO has become full. This
occurs more frequently whenever the IES API application is not running
to process and clear the messages in the FIFO. Thus, this could lead to
situations where the interface would enter an infinite reset loop. That
is: if the interface is trying to synchronize a huge number of unicast
and multicast entries with the IES API application, the TX mailbox FIFO
will become full and the interface resets. Once the interface exits
reset, it'll try to synchronize the unicast and multicast entries again.
Ergo, this creates an infinite loop. Other actions such as multiple
mulitcast mode or up/down transitions will fill the TX mailbox FIFO and
induce the interface to reset. To correct these situations, check if the
interface's "host_ready" flag is enabled before enqueuing any messages
to the TX mailbox FIFO. This check will be conducted by a function call.
Lastly, this issue mainly affects the PF and, thus, the VF is exempt.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Write to RXQCTL register to disable the receive queue when configuring
the RX ring.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Re-word the comment to avoid stating that we return a value for this
void function. Additionally, there is no need to mention older kernels,
since this is the upstream kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If some code path executes fm10k_service_event_schedule(), it is
guaranteed that we only queue the service task once, since we use
__FM10K_SERVICE_SCHED flag. Unfortunately this has a side effect that if
a service request occurs while we are currently running the watchdog, it
is possible that we will fail to notice the request and ignore it until
the next time the request occurs.
This can cause problems with pf/vf mailbox communication and other
service event tasks. To avoid this, introduce a FM10K_SERVICE_REQUEST
bit. When we successfully schedule (and set the _SCHED bit) the service
task, we will clear this bit. However, if we are unable to currently
schedule the service event, we just set the new SERVICE_REQUEST bit.
Finally, after the service event completes, we will re-schedule if the
request bit has been set.
This should ensure that we do not miss any service event schedules,
since we will re-schedule it once the currently running task finishes.
This means that for each request, we will always schedule the service
task to run at least once in full after the request came in.
This will avoid timing issues that can occur with the service event
scheduling. We do pay a cost in re-running many tasks, but all the
service event tasks use either flags to avoid duplicate work, or are
tolerant of being run multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This ensures that future programmers do not have to remember to re-size
the bitmaps due to adding new values. Although this is unlikely for this
driver, it may happen and it's best to prevent it from ever being an
issue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace bitwise operators and #defines with a BITMAP and enumeration
values. This is similar to how we handle the "state" values as well.
This has two distinct advantages over the old method. First, we ensure
correctness of operations which are currently problematic due to race
conditions. Suppose that two kernel threads are running, such as the
watchdog and an ethtool ioctl, and both modify flags. We'll say that the
watchdog is CPU A, and the ethtool ioctl is CPU B.
CPU A sets FLAG_1, which can be seen as
CPU A read FLAGS
CPU A write FLAGS | FLAG_1
CPU B sets FLAG_2, which can be seen as
CPU B read FLAGS
CPU A write FLAGS | FLAG_2
However, "|=" and "&=" operators are not actually atomic. So this could
be ordered like the following:
CPU A read FLAGS -> variable
CPU B read FLAGS -> variable
CPU A write FLAGS (variable | FLAG_1)
CPU B write FLAGS (variable | FLAG_2)
Notice how the 2nd write from CPU B could actually undo the write from
CPU A because it isn't guaranteed that the |= operation is atomic.
In practice the race windows for most flag writes is incredibly narrow
so it is not easy to isolate issues. However, the more flags we have,
the more likely they will cause problems. Additionally, if such
a problem were to arise, it would be incredibly difficult to track down.
Second, there is an additional advantage beyond code correctness. We can
now automatically size the BITMAP if more flags were added, so that we
do not need to remember that flags is u32 and thus if we added too many
flags we would over-run the variable. This is not a likely occurrence
for fm10k driver, but this patch can serve as an example for other
drivers which have many more flags.
This particular change does have a bit of trouble converting some of the
idioms previously used with the #defines for flags. Specifically, when
converting FM10K_FLAG_RSS_FIELD_IPV[46]_UDP flags. This whole operation
was actually quite problematic, because we actually stored flags
separately. This could more easily show the problem of the above
re-ordering issue.
This is really difficult to test whether atomics make a difference in
practical scenarios, but you can ensure that basic functionality remains
the same. This patch has a lot of code coverage, but most of it is
relatively simple.
While we are modifying these files, update their copyright year.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
FM10K_REMOVED expects a hardware address, not a 'struct fm10k_hw'.
Fixes: 5cb8db4a4c ("fm10k: Add support for VF")
Signed-off-by: Phil Turnbull <phil.turnbull@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These files all use functions declared in interrupt.h, but currently rely
on implicit inclusion of this file (via netns/xfrm.h).
That won't work anymore when the flow cache is removed so include that
header where needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a delay to Rx queue disables to accommodate HW needs.
v2: Added missing check for disable only, additional details on the
need for the ugly delay and fixed spacing on comment.
Change-ID: I2864ca667ce5dcc2cc44f8718113b719742a46a1
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the way we handle the maximum frame size for the Rx
path. Previously we were rounding up to 2K for a 1500 MTU and then brining
the max frame size down to MTU plus a fixed amount. With this patch
applied what we now do is limit the maximum frame to 1.5K minus the value
for NET_IP_ALIGN for standard MTU, and for any MTU greater than 1500 we
allow up to the maximum frame size. This makes the behavior more
consistent with the other drivers such as igb which had similar logic. In
addition it reduces the test matrix for MTU since we only have two max
frame sizes that are handled for Rx now.
Change-ID: I23a9d3c857e7df04b0ef28c64df63e659c013f3f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a control which will allow us to toggle into and out of the
legacy Rx mode. The legacy Rx mode is what we currently do when performing
Rx. As I make further changes what should happen is that the driver will
fall back to the behavior for Rx as of this patch should the "legacy-rx"
flag be set to on.
Change-ID: I0342998849bbb31351cce05f6e182c99174e7751
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to clean up the code in preparation for us adding
support for build_skb. Specifically we deconstruct i40e_fetch_buffer into
several functions so that those functions can later be reused when we add a
path for build_skb.
Specifically with this change we split out the code for adding a page to an
exiting skb.
Change-ID: Iab1efbab6b8b97cb60ab9fdd0be1d37a056a154d
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch pulls out the code responsible for handling buffer recycling and
page counting and distributes it through several functions. This allows us
to commonize the bits that handle either freeing or recycling the buffers.
As far as the page count tracking one change to the logic is that
pagecnt_bias is decremented as soon as we call i40e_get_rx_buffer. It is
then the responsibility of the function that pulls the data to either
increment the pagecnt_bias if the buffer can be recycled as-is, or to
update page_offset so that we are pointing at the correct location for
placement of the next buffer.
Change-ID: Ibac576360cb7f0b1627f2a993d13c1a8a2bf60af
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch pulls the code responsible for fetching the Rx buffer and
synchronizing DMA into a function, specifically called i40e_get_rx_buffer.
The general idea is to allow for better code reuse by pulling this out of
i40e_fetch_rx_buffer. We dropped a couple of prefetches since the time
between the prefetch being called and the data being accessed was too small
to be useful.
Change-ID: I4885fce4b2637dbedc8e16431169d23d3d7e79b9
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.
Change-ID: Iebdf9cdb36c454ef092df27199b92ad09c374231
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag hasn't been used since commit 1e1be8f622 ("i40e: ATR policy
change to flush the table to clean stale ATR rules").
Lets simplify things and just remove it.
Change-ID: I76279d84db8a2fd96f445b96aa413059f9256879
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The goto found here for when in MFP mode is pointless. It jumps to the
end of a series of if blocks. However, right after this statement is
a closing '}' for this if block, which will result in the program flow
going to the exact same location as the goto statement indicates. Thus,
regardless of whether we are in MFP mode, the program flow will resume
from the same location.
This arose due to various refactoring which did not notice that this
goto became essentially a no-op.
To properly understand this diff you will need to view a larger context
than is given by default.
Change-ID: I088f73c3831aa5c4e2281380c7a3ce605594300c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a case where we miss an arq element if a new one is added before we
enable interrupts and exit the arq subtask loop. This occurs frequently
with RDMA running on Windows VF and causes long delays that prevent SMB
from establishing connections.
Change-ID: I3e1c8b2b960c12857d9b8275bea2c1563674392e
Signed-off-by: Christopher N Bednarz <christopher.n.bednarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The XL722 doesn't support the AQ command to read/write the control
register so enable it to bypass the check and use the direct read/write
method.
Change-ID: Iefecc737b57207485c90845af5989d5af518bf16
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up and addresses several issues in the way that i40e
handles private flags. Previously the code was choosing fixed bits and
trying to match them up with strings in a somewhat haphazard way. This
resulted in the possibility for adding a new bit and causing a mismatch as
the private flags are linear bits starting at 0, and the private flags in
the driver were split up over a group specific to the PF and a group that
was global.
What this change does is define an array of structs used to represent the
private flags. Contained within the structs are the bits necessary to know
which flags to set and/or clear depending on the state of the bit. By
doing this we can add new bits in the future with minimal overhead and
avoid creating possible mis-matches should we need to remove a flag based
on compile options.
Change-ID: Ia3214ab04f0ab2f70354ac0997a135f1d01b0acd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current driver mode is to use a write-back mechanism for the head
register which indicates transmit completions. The VF driver needs to be
able to work on hardware that exclusively uses descriptor write-back, so
change the default driver mode of operation to descriptor write-back for
VF. In our analysis, performance wasn't significantly different with
either write-back method.
Change-ID: Ia92e4ec77c2df8dc4515c71d53746d57d77759af
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Probably due to some mis-merging fix a bug associated with commits
d7ce6422d6 ("i40e: don't check params until after checking for client
instance", 2017-02-09) and 3140aa9a78c9 ("i40e: KISS the client
interface", 2017-03-14)
The first commit tried to move the initialization of the params
structure so that we didn't bother doing this if we didn't have a client
interface. You can already see that it looks fishy because of the
indentation. The second commit refactors a bunch of the interface, and
incorrectly drops the params initialization.
I believe what occurred is that internally the two patches were
re-ordered, and the merge conflicts as a result were performed
incorrectly.
Fix the use of an uninitialized variable by correctly initializing the
params variable via i40e_client_get_params().
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VSI is being dereferenced before the VSI null check; if VSI is
null we end up with a null pointer dereference. Fix this by
performing VSI deference after the VSI null check. Also remove
the need for using adapter by using vsi->back->cinst.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1419696, CID#1419697
("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: ed0e894de7 ("i40evf: add client interface")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since FCoE isn't supported by the i40e products there isn't much point in
carrying around code that will always evaluate to false. This patch goes
through and strips out the code in several spots so that we don't go around
carrying variables and/or code that is always going to evaluate to false or
0.
Change-ID: I39d1d779c66c638b75525839db2b6208fdc809d7
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Looking over the code for FCoE it looks like the Rx path has been broken at
least since the last major Rx refactor almost a year ago. It seems like
FCoE isn't supported for any of the Fortville/Fortpark hardware so there
isn't much point in carrying the code around, especially if it is broken
and untested.
Change-ID: I892de8fa551cb129ce2361e738ff82ce55fa229e
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a minor clean-up to make the i40e/i40evf process_skb_fields
function look a little more like what we have in igb. The Rx checksum
function called out a need for skb->protocol but I can't see where it
actually needs it. I am assuming this is something that was likely
refactored out some time ago as the Rx checksum code has gone through a few
rewrites.
Change-ID: I0b4668a34d90b61b66ded7c7c26e19a3e2d06251
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removed no longer needed delays. At preproduction stage those delays were
needed but now these delays are not needed.
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
First, this patch eliminates IOMMU DMAR Faults caused by VF hardware.
This is done by enabling VF hardware only after VSI resources are
freed. Otherwise, hardware could DMA into memory that is (or just has
been) being freed.
Then, the VF driver is activated only after VSI resources have been
reallocated. That's because the VF driver can request resources
immediately after it's activated. So they need to be ready at that
point.
The second race condition happens when the OS initiates a VF reset,
and then before it's finished modifies VF's settings by changing its
MAC, VLAN ID, bandwidth allocation, anti-spoof checking, etc. These
functions needed to be blocked while VF is undergoing reset. Otherwise,
they could operate on data structures that had just been freed or not
yet fully initialized.
Change-ID: I43ba5a7ae2c9a1cce3911611ffc4598ae33ae3ff
Signed-off-by: Robert Konklewski <robertx.konklewski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to reset skb back to NULL when we have freed it in the Rx cleanup
path. I found one spot where this wasn't occurring so this patch fixes it.
Change-ID: Iaca68934200732cd4a63eb0bd83b539c95f8c4dd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in the driver where the calculation of the
RSS size was not taking into account the number of traffic classes
enabled. This patch factors in the traffic classes both in
the initial configuration of the table as well as reconfiguration.
Change-ID: I34dcd345ce52faf1d6b9614bea28d450cfd5f621
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the driver code so that we do bulk updates of the page reference
count instead of just incrementing it by one reference at a time. The
advantage to doing this is that we cut down on atomic operations and
this in turn should give us a slight improvement in cycles per packet.
In addition if we eventually move this over to using build_skb the gains
will be more noticeable.
I also found and fixed a store forwarding stall from where we were
assigning "*new_buff = *old_buff". By breaking it up into individual
copies we can avoid this and as a result the performance is slightly
improved.
Change-ID: I1d3880dece4133eca3c32423b04a5467321ccc52
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When testing the epoll w/ busy poll code I found that I could get into a
state where the i40e driver had q_vectors w/ active NAPI that had no rings.
This was resulting in a divide by zero error. To correct it I am updating
the driver code so that we only support NAPI on q_vectors that have 1 or
more rings allocated to them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 7e54d9d063.
After additional regression testing, several users are experiencing
kernel panics during shutdown on e1000e devices. Reverting this
change resolves the issue.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace a complex if->continue->else->break construction in
i40e_next_filter. We can simply use hlist_for_each_entry_continue
instead. This drops a lot of confusing code. The resulting code is much
easier to understand the intention, and follows the more normal pattern
for using hlist loops. We could have also used a break with a "return
next" at the end of the function, instead of return NULL, but the
current implementation is explicitly clear that when you reach the end
of the loop you get a NULL value. The alternative construction is less
clear since the reader would have to know that next is NULL at the end
of the loop.
Change-Id: Ife74ca451dd79d7f0d93c672bd42092d324d4a03
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Enable FDir filters for SCTPv4 packets using the ethtool ntuple
interface to enable filters. The ethtool API does not allow masking on
the verification tag.
Change-Id: I093e88a8143994c7e6f4b7b17a0bd5cf861d18e4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for flexible payloads passed via ethtool user-def field.
This support is somewhat limited due to hardware design. The input set
can only be programmed once per filter type, and the flexible offset is
part of this filter input set. This means that the user cannot program
both a regular and a flexible filter at the same time for a given flow
type. Additionally, the user may not program two flexible filters of the
same flow type with different offsets, although they are allowed to
configure different values at that offset location.
We support a single flexible word (2byte) value per protocol type, and
we handle the FLX_PIT register using a list of flexible entries so that
each flow type may be configured separately.
Due to hardware implementation, the flexible data is offset from the
start of the packet payload, and thus may not be in part of the header
data. For this reason, the offset provided by the user defined data is
interpreted as a byte offset from the start of the matching payload.
Previous implementations have tried to represent the offset as from the
start of the frame, but this is not feasible because header sizes may
change due to options.
Change-Id: 36ed27995e97de63f9aea5ade5778ff038d6f811
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add code to parse the user-def field into a data structure format. This
code is intended to allow future extensions of the user-def field by
keeping all code that actually reads and writes the field into a single
location. This ensures that we do not litter the driver with references
to the user-def field and minimizes the amount of bitwise operations we
need to do on the data.
Add code which parses the lower 32bits into a flexible word and its
offset. This will be used in a future patch to enable flexible filters
which can match on some arbitrary data in the packet payload. For now,
we just return -EOPNOTSUPP when this is used.
Add code to fill in the user-def field when reporting the filter back,
even though we don't actually implement any user-def fields yet.
Additionally, ensure that we mask the extended FLOW_EXT bit from the
flow_type now that we will be accepting filters which have the FLOW_EXT
bit set (and thus make use of the user-def field).
Change-Id: I238845035c179380a347baa8db8223304f5f6dd7
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do not use the user-def field for determining the VF target. Instead,
similar to ixgbe, partition the ring_cookie value into 8bits of VF
index, along with 32bits of queue number. This is better than using the
user-def field, because it leaves the field open for extension in
a future patch which will enable flexible data. Also, this matches with
convention used by ixgbe and other drivers.
Change-Id: Ie36745186d817216b12f0313b99ec95cb8a9130c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support to detect when we can update the input set for each flow
type.
Because the hardware only supports a single input set for all flows of
that matching type, the driver shall only allow the input set to change
if there are no other configured filters for that flow type.
Thus, the first filter added for each flow type is allowed to change the
input set, and all future filters must match the same input set. Display
a diagnostic message whenever the filter input set changes, and
a warning whenever a filter cannot be accepted because it does not match
the configured input set.
Change-Id: Ic22e1c267ae37518bb036aca4a5694681449f283
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ensure that the default input set is correctly reprogrammed when
cleaning up after disabling flow director support. This ensures that the
programmed value will be in a clean state.
Although we do not yet have support for SCTPv4 filters, a future patch
will add support for this protocol, so we will correctly restore the
SCTPv4 input set here as well. Note that strictly speaking the default
hardware value for SCTP includes matching the verification tag. However,
the ethtool API does not have support for specifying this value, so
there is no reason to keep the verification field enabled.
This patch is the next step on the way to enabling partial tuple filters
which will be implemented in a following patch.
Change-Id: Ic22e1c267ae37518bb036aca4a5694681449f283
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do not assume that hardware has been programmed with the default mask,
but instead read the input set registers to determine what is currently
programmed. This ensures that all programmed filters match exactly how
the hardware will interpret them, avoiding confusion regarding filter
behavior.
This sets the initial ground-work for allowing custom input sets where
some fields are disabled. A future patch will fully implement this
feature.
Instead of using bitwise negation, we'll just explicitly check for the
correct value. The use of htonl and htons are used to silence sparse
warnings. The compiler should be able to handle the constant value and
avoid actually performing a byteswap.
Change-Id: I3d8db46cb28ea0afdaac8c5b31a2bfb90e3a4102
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current implementation of .set_rxnfc does not properly read the mask
field for filter entries. This results in incorrect driver behavior, as
we do not reject filters which have masks set to ignore some fields. The
current implementation simply assumes that every part of the tuple or
"input set" is specified. This results in filters not behaving as
expected, and not working correctly.
As a first step in supporting some partial filters, add code which
checks the mask fields and rejects any filters which do not have an
acceptable mask. For now, we just assume that all fields must be set.
This will get the driver one step towards allowing some partial filters.
At a minimum, the ethtool commands which previously installed filters
that would not function will now return a non-zero exit code indicating
failure instead.
We should now be meeting the minimum requirements of the .set_rxnfc API,
by ensuring that all filters we program have a valid mask value for each
field.
Finally, add code to report the mask correctly so that the ethtool
command properly reports the mask to the user.
Note that the typecast to (__be16) when checking source and destination
port masks is required because the ~ bitwise negation operator does not
correctly handle variables other than integer size.
Change-Id: Ia020149e07c87aa3fcec7b2283621b887ef0546f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-03-20
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Philippe Reynes updates i40e and i40evf to use the new ethtool API for
{get|set}_link_ksettings.
Jake provides the remaining patches in the series, starting with a fix
for i40e where the firmware expected the port numbers for the offloaded
UDP tunnels in Little Endian format and we were sending them in Big Endian
format which put the wrong port number to be put in the UDP tunnel list.
Changed the driver to use __be32 values instead of arrays for
(src|dst)_ip. Refactored the exit flow of i40e_add_fdir_ethtool() which
removes the dependency on having a non-zero return value. Fixed a memory
leak by running kfree() and returning immediately when we fail to add
flow director filter. Fixed a potential issue where could update the
filter count without actually succeeding in adding a filter, by moving
the ATR exit check to after we have sent the TCP/IPv4 filter to the ring
successfully. Ensures that the fd_tcp_rule count is reset to 0, before
we reprogram the filters so that we do not end up with a stale count
which does not correctly reflect the number of programmed filters. Added
a check whether we have TCP/IPv4 filters before re-enabling ATR after
flushing and replaying FDIR filters. Added counters for each filter
type in preparation for adding code to properly check the mask value.
Fixed potential issues by explicitly checking the flow type at the
start of i40e_add_fdir_ethtool(). To avoid possible memory leaks,
we now unconditionally delete the old filter, even if it is identical to
the new filter and ensures will always update the filters as expected.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous code relied on i40e_match_fdir_input_set to determine when
determining whether to free the old filter. Change this code so that we
simply unconditionally delete the old filter, even if it's identical to
the new filter. This ensures that we don't leak any memory, and that we
always update the filters as expected.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although we will fail the filter later due to checking flow_type which
will have a bogus invalid type, it is possible future refactoring will
remove this hidden failure case. Avoid a possible issue in the future by
explicitly checking the flow type at the start.
Change-Id: Ia98eb26f7b93ccbe38c7141e8f203ef496fc6598
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
